OF THf sS?22«5S$«xft^«§^: VANDERBILT MARINE MUSEUM VOLUME IV Wz Scientific Results of the Cruises of the Yachts "Eagle" and "Ara", 1921-1928, William K. Vanderbilt, Commanding. \ :OELENTERATA, ECHINODERMA.TA AND MOLLUSCA By LEE BOONE Gift of Christina H. Hamm The Vanderbilt Museum November 1987 Announcement THE Vanderbilt Marine Museum is the privately owned depository of the marine collections of William K. Vanderbilt, Esquire, and is located on his country estate, "Eagle's Nest," Huntington, Long Island, New York. It contains extensive collections of natural history and ethnological specimens, all of which were personally collected by Mr. Vanderbilt, in various parts of the world during the past thirty- odd years. The scientific publications of the museum consist of a series of Bul- letins, designed to disseminate results of research based on the marine zoological collections, every specimen of which was personally collected by Mr. Vanderbilt, during a series of cruises in his yachts "Eagle" and "Ara." Volume I of the Bulletin series consists of reports on the fishes collected during these cruises, by Dr. N. A. Borodin. Volumes II and III consist of reports on the Crustacea of the cruises of the yachts "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-1928, by Lee Boone. Volume IV, the present report, consists of a report on the Coelenterates, Echino- derms and Mollusks of the cruises of the yachts "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-1928, by Lee Boone. These Bulletins are available for distribution to scientific estab- lishments by purchase or by exchange for equivalent research reports in related subjects. They may be obtained by addressing Mr. Vander- bilt, at the Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Huntington, Long Island, New York. Other bulletins will be issued from time to time, as made desirable by the results of research on the Vanderbilt collections. 44* / BULLETIN OF THE VANDERBILT MARINE MUSEUM. K&fi VOLUME IV i/, / L Scientific Results of Cruises of the Yachts "Eagle" and "Ara", 1921-1928, William K. Vanderbilt, Commanding. COELENTERATA, ECHINODERMATA AND MOLLUSCA. By LEE BOONE -1_ ... Bl' LABORATORY LIBRARY WOODS HOLE, MASS. W. H. 0. I. Huntington, L. I., New York, U.S.A. Printed Privately April 30, 1933 Copyright 1933, by Lee Boone THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA. "They move and have their being in the vast Ocean that teemed before the land was green; They keep the secret of the farthest past, Children of the water, silent and serene." — Sara Teasdale. To Mrs. Earl E. T. Smith TO dive into the deep Secrets of the Waters to take a view of all the excellent Creatures fporting themfelves therein, and obferve the vertues and occult qualities wherewith they are endow'd, is a work might be expected from that Wifdom which was communicated to Solomon^ who treat- ed of Trees, from the Cedar in Libanon to the Hyilbp growing on the Wall .* For the watery Element is furniiried with fuch a miraculous plenty, that it abundantly produces not only Fifties of (everal kinds fit for the fuftenance of man, and thofe of ex- traordinary bulk and monftrous figures, as hath been (hewn in the precedent Chapters 5 but alio fuch a multitude of precious Shells, and other Rarities, that we may well acknowledg that the Divine Wifdom hath difplay'dall thefe rich beauties of its inexhauftible Treafures, to (hew its Omnipotency in the midft of the Waves, and gently to win us into an admiration of his Ooodnefs and adorable Providence, which humbles it felf to defeendinto the Abyfles of 'the Sea to people them with fome excellent Creatures not to be feen elfewhere, and an infinite number of others bearing the Characters and Idaeas of the moft confiderable Bodies that either adorn the Heavens, flye in the Air3 or embellifti the Earth. Hence it comes, that there are found in the Waters, Stars, Cornets, Trumpets, Purcelains, Trees, Apples, Cheft-nuts, and all the delightful curio/ities wjiich are fo highly efteemed among men. Quoted from an ancient natural history of the Caribby Isles, originated in Paris, by several authors who benefitted by Father Raymond's long residence in the Carribies; translated into English by John Davies of Kidwell and published in London, 1666. SYSTEMATIC INDEX. PAGE PLATE COELENTEEATA : 27 Order: Hydrocorallinae 27 Family: Milleporidae 27 Genus: Millepora 27 alcicornis 27 Hydromedusae 27 Order: Anthomedusae 27 Family: Oceanidae 27 Genus: Stomotica 27 divisa 27 Order: Leptomedusae 28 Family: Aequoridae 28 Genus: Zygodactyla 28 groenlandica 28 1 Hydroida 30 Family: Plumulariidae 30 Genus: Cladocarpus 30 sigma 30 2 Order: Stylasterina 31 Family: Stylasteridae 31 Genus: Stylaster 31 roseus 31 3 Order: Trachymedusae 32 Family: Olindiaidae 32 Genus: Olindias 32 tenuis 32 4 Order: Narcomedusae 33 Family: Aeginidae 33 Genus: Solmissus 33 albescens 33 5 Order: Calycophorae 35 Family: Prayidae 35 Subfamily: Prayinae 35 Genus: Nectrodroma 35 reticulata 35 Family: Diphyidae 35 Subfamily: Abilinae 35 Genus: Abylopsis 35 eschscholtzii 35 tetragona 36 Family: Physaliidae 37 Genus: Physalia 37 physalis 38 Family: Velellidae 38 Genus: Velella 38 velella 38 5 6 Bulletin, VanderbUt Marine Museum, Vol. IV PAGE PLATE Order: Scyphoniedusae 39 Order: Charybdeida 39 Family: Charybdeidae 39 Genus: Tamoya 39 haplonema 39 6 Order: Coronatae 40 Family: Periphyllidae 40 Genus: Periphylla 40 hyacinthina 40 Family: Atollidae 41 Genus: Atolla 41 wyvillei 41 Order: Khizostomae 42 Ehizostommata Pinnata 42 Genus: Cassiopea 42 xamachana 42 7 frondosa 45 8 Ehizostommata Dichtoma 47 Genus: Cotylorhiza 47 tuberculata 47 9 Ehizostommata Scapulata 48 Genus: Stomolophus 48 nieleagris 48 10 Order: Alcyonacea 50 Family: Alcyonidae 50 Genus: Alcyonium 50 palmatum 50 11 Order: Pseudaxonia 51 Family: Coralliidae 51 Genus: Corallium 51 vanderbilti 51 12,13,14 Order: Axifera 52 Family: Plexauriidae 52 Genus: Plexaura 52 fusca 52 Family: Gorgoniidae 53 Genus: Stenogorgia 53 casta 53 15, 16 Genus: Ehipidogorgia 55 flabellum 55 17, text fig. 1, A-B. Genus: Pterogorgia 50 acerosa forma typica 56 18, text fig. 2. Order: Pennatulacea 57 Family: Pennatulidae 57 Genus: Ptilosarcus 57 gurneyi 57 19 Systematic Index PAGE PLATE Family: Pavonariidae 59 Genus: Pavonaria 59 californica 59 20 Order: Zoantharia 60 Family: Zoanthidae 60 Subfamily: Brachycneminae 60 Genus: Zoanthus 60 pulchellus 60 21 Order: Actinaria 61 Suborder: Actiniina 61 Family: Sagartidae 61 Subfamily: Sagartinae 61 Genus: Metridium 61 dianthus 61 22 Genus: Actinauge 63 rugosa 63 23 Family: Boloceridae 64 Genus: Bolocera 64 longicornis 64 24 Family: Paractidae 66 Genus: Stomphia 66 carneola 66 CTENOPHORAE 67 Order: Beroida 67 Family: Beroidae 67 Genus: Beroe 67 forskalii 67 ECHINODERMATA 68 CRINOIDEA 68 Order: Comatulida 68 Suborder: Oligophreata 68 Superfamily: Comasteridae 6S Family: Comasteridae 68 Subfamily: Capillasterinae 68 Genus: Neoeomatella 68 pulehella 68 25 Suborder: Macrophreata 69 Family: Antedonidae 69 Subfamily: Antedoninae 69 Genus: Antedon 69 adriatica 69 26 ASTEROIDEA 71 Order: Phanerazonia 71 Suborder: Paxillosa 71 Family: Porcellanasteridae 71 Genus: Ctenodiscus 71 crispatus 71 27, 28 8 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV PAGE PLATE Family: Astropectenidae 73 Genus: Nidorellia 73 armata 73 29,30 Genua: Astropecten 75 antillensis 75 31,32 Family: Luidiidae 76 Genus: Luidia 76 marcgravii 76 33, 34, 35, 36 Columbia 77 37,38 Suborder: Valvata 79 Family: Ophidiasteridae 79 Genus: Linckia 79 columbiae 79 39,40 Family: Oreasteridae 80 Genus: Oreaster 80 reticularis 80 41,42 Family: Goniasteridae 82 Genus: Peltaster 82 planus 82 43,44,45 Order: Spinulosa 84 Family: Solasteridae 84 Genus: Solaster 84 papposus 84 46 endeca 85 47,48,49 Family: Echinasteridae 88 Subfamily: Echinasterinae 88 Genus: Henricia 88 sanguinolenta 88 50, 51 Genus: Echinaster 90 echinopliorus 90 52, 53 sagenus 92 Order: Forcipulata 93 Family: Brisingidae 93 Genus: Brisinga 93 mediterranea 93 54 Family: Asteridae 93 Genus: Asterias 93 vulgaris 93 55, 56 Subfamily: Heliasterinae 96 Genus: Heliaster 96 multiradiatus 96 57, text fig. 3, A-B. OPHIUROIDEA 98 Order: Phrynophiurida 98 Family: Ophiomyxidae 98 Genus: Ophiomyxa 98 pentagona 98 58 Family: Asteronychidae 99 Systematic Index PAGE PLATE Genus: Asteronyx 99 loveni 99 59 Family: Gorgonocephalidae 100 Genus: Gorgonocephalus 100 arcticus 100 60 Genus: Astrophyton 103 muricatum 103 Order: Gnathophiurida 105 Family: Amphiuridae 105 Genus: Amphiura 105 diomedeae 105 61 Genus: Hemipholis 106 elongata 106 62 Genus: Ophiopholis 108 aculeatus 108 63 Family: Opkiotrichidae 110 Genu3: Ophiothrix 110 angulata HO suensonii HI °4 Family: Opbiocomidae 112 Genus: Ophiocoma 112 aethiops 112 65 Family: Opliiodermatidae 113 Genus: Ophioderma 113 appressum 113 66, 75B, 76B. cinereum 115 68, 69 longicauda 117 70 variegatum 114 67 Family: Opliiolepididae 119 Genus: Ophiura 119 sarsi 119 71 texturata 120 72,73 Genus: OpMolepis 122 elegans 122 74, 75A, 76A. ECHINOLDEA 124 Order: Cidaroida 124 Family: Cidaridae 124 Genus: Cidaris 124 affinis 124 77,78,79 Genus: Eucidaris 126 thouarsii 126 80,81 tribuloides 127 82 Order: Diadematoida 129 Suborder: Aulodonta 129 Family: Diadematidae 129 Genus: Diadema 129 setosum 129 83, 84 Suborder: Camarodonta 131 10 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV PAGE TLATE '31 Family: Eehinidae 1* Genus: Lytechinus 131 variegatus 131 85 Genus: Tripneustes 132 esculentus 132 86 Family: Strongylocentrotidae 13° Genus: Strongylocentrotus 13° gibbosus 135 87,88 Genus: Sphaerechinus 1°' granulans 137 89, text fig. 4, A-B. Family: Echinometridae 13" Genus: Echinometra "9 lucunter 139 90,91 Suborder: Clypeastrina 1^1 Family: Clypeasteridae 1^1 Genus: Clypeaster 1^1 ravenelii 141 "- rosaceus I43 text fig. 5, A-B. Family: Scutellidae -140 Genus: Echinarachinus 1^5 parma I45 93, text fig. 6, A-B. Suborder: Spatangina 1*' Family: Hemiasteridae I4' Genus: Moira 1^7 atropus 1^7 Subfamily: Brissina 149 Genus: Meoma 149 ventricosa 149 95, 9G HOLOTHURIOIDEA 150 Order: Elasipoda 150 Family: Pelagothuriidae 150 Genus: Pelagothuria 150 natatrix 150 Order: Aspidochirota 151 Family: Stichopidae 151 Genus: Sticliopus 151 regalis 151 97 badionotus 152 98 Family: Holothuridae 154 Genus: Holothuria 154 arenieola 154 impatiens 155 99, text fig. 7, A-D. kefersteinii 156 text fig. 8. tubulosa 157 100 Order: Dendrocliirota 159 Family: Cucumariidae 159 Subfamily: Cucumiinae 159 94 Systematic Index 11 PAGE PLATE Genus: Cucumaria 159 planci 159 101, text fig. 9 frondosa 161 102, text fig. 10 Family: Psolidae 163 Genus: Psolus 163 phantapus 163 text fig. 11 MOLLUSCA 165 Class: Cephalopoda 165 Order: Dibranchiata 1^5 Suborder: Decapoda l^0 Family: Onychoteuthidae 165 Subfamily: Onychoteuthinae 165 Genus: Onychoteuthis 165 banksii 165 104 Family: Ommatostrephidae 167 Subfamily: Illicinae 167 Genus: Illex 167 illecebrosus 167 105, 106, text fig. 12, AD. Subfamily: Stenoteuthinae 171 Genus: Dosidicus 171 gigas 171 167 Family: Cranchiidae 173 Subfamily: Cranchinae 173 Genus: Pyrgopsis 173 schneehageni 173 Section: Myopsida 174 Family: Sepiolidae 174 Genus: Sepiola 174 rondeletii 174 109 Genus: Kossia 175 Subgenus: Kossia 175 macrosoma 175 Subgenus: Semirossia 176 tenera 176 110 Family: Loliginidae 178 Genus: Loligo 178 brevis 178 111 diomedeae 180 112 pealeii 182 113 vulgaris 185 114 Genus: Sepioteuthis 186 sloanii 186 115,116,117 Suborder: Octopoda 189 Family: Argonautidae 189 Genus: Argonauta 189 argo 189 118 Family: Octopodidae 190 Genus: Octopus 190 108 12 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV PAGE PLATE Subgenus: Octopus 190 bimaculatus 190 119 brevipes 192 120 vulgaris 193 121 verrilli 195 122 Genus: Scaeurgus 196 unicirrhus 196 123 Genus: Eledone 197 moschatus 197 124 GASTEKOPODA 199 Class: Amphineura 199 Subclass: Isopleura 199 Order: Polyplacophora 199 Superf amily : Mesoplacophora 199 Family: IschnocMtonidae 199 Genus: Ischnochiton 199 Subgenus: Stenoplax 199 limaciformis 199 125, fig. A. Superf amily: Teleoplacophora 200 Family: Chitonidae 200 Subfamily: Chitoninae 200 Genus: Chiton 200 Subgenus: Chiton 200 latus 200 125, fig. B. Section: Eadsia 201 goodallii 201 126 sulcatus 202 127 Class: Eupteropoda 203 Family: Cymbuliidae 203 Genus: Cymbulia 203 peronii 203 Class: Tectibranchiata 204 Family: Tethymelibidae 204 Genus: Tethys 204 dactylomela 204 128 depilans 205 129 fimbria 206 130 Subfamily: Dolabriferinae 207 Genus: Dolabrifera 207 virens 207 131 Class: Heteropoda 208 Section: Pterotracheata 208 Family: Carinariidae 208 Genus: Carinaria 208 mediterranea 208 132 Family: Firolidae 209 Genus: Firola 209 coronata 209 133 COELENTERATA, ECHINODERMATA AND MOLLUSCA, CRUISES OF THE "EAGLE" AND "ARA," 1921-1928, WILLIAM K. VANDERBILT, COMMANDING. By Lee Boone. Introduction. The present Bulletin of the Vanderbilt Marine Museum, fourth in the scientific series, contains three separate reports, on the Coelen- terate, Echinoderm and Mollusk collections obtained by Mr. William K. Vanderbilt, on a series of cruises conducted in his yachts, "Eagle" and "Ara," during parts of the years 1921 to 1928, inclusive. Four distinctly separate faunal regions are involved in these ex- plorations : (a) The West Indian region, from which the greater percentage of species was obtained. Separate cruises during the years 1921, 1922, 1923, 1924 and 1925 were conducted by Mr. Vanderbilt in this region. Additional material was obtained in the West Indies in 1926 and also in 1928, supplementing the Galapagan expeditions of these years. (&) The Labrador-New England region is represented by material collected in the waters of Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, eastern Canada, the coast of Maine and of New York, including Long Island Sound, in 1921, 1922, 1924 and 1926. (c) The tropical American Pacific fauna is represented by explora- tions in the Galapagos Islands, Cocos Island, the west coast of Costa Rica and of Panama, including the Pearl Islands, also several deep-sea stations in this region, during the expeditions of 1926 and 1928. (d) The Mediterranean fauna, with especial reference to the north coasts of Morocco, deep-sea dredgings off the coasts of southern France, off Sardinia and off Monaco, and explorations of the littoral fauna of the Adriatic Sea. The bathymetric occurrence of the species taken in each of these major regions ranges from littoral to true deep-sea forms, the deep-sea stations ranging in depth from 100 fathoms to 900 fathoms. The annotated discussion of the collections is presented with refer- ence to their systematic classification. A list of the species found in each major faunal region is given also. 13 14 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV The principal value of these collections lies in the surprising per- centage of rare species they possess and in the related extension of our knowledge of the geographic and bathymetric distribution of these forms, and of their anatomy, as presented in the systematic discussion. Much hitherto unpublished data on the colors of the various species were made in field sketches by Mr. Vanderbilt, during all of the cruises, except those to the Galapagos Islands, on which, his staff artist, Mr. W. E. Belanske, continued this work under Mr. Vander- bilt 's direction. A few of these color plates have been published in Mr. Yanderbilt 's "To the Galapagos -on the 'Am' "; a great many more are in the study collections of the Vanderbilt Marine Museum. This volume also contains complete maps of the cruises of 1926 and 1928. Acknowledgements. As during the preparation of the preceding Volumes II and III, Mr. Vanderbilt has generously placed unexcelled facilities at my dis- posal during the preparation of the present reports. His splendid generosity and unfailing patience and helpful criticisms have been most valuable. I am also indebted to Miss Ida Richardson Hood, curator of the Library of the American Museum of Natural History, and her assis- tants, the Misses Hazel Gay, and Ida Sledge, for many courtesies. The line drawings of the Echinoderms and many of the Cephalopoda were made by Mrs. Helen Ziska ; those of the remainder of the Cephalopoda and Tectibranchiata, also all of the Coelenterata, were done by Mrs. Else Bostelmann, all under my supervision. The photographic illus- trations were made by Mr. Julius Kirschner of the photographic lab- oratory of the American Museum, except that of Stylaster roseus (Pallas), which was kindly supplied by Mr. W. E. Belanske. Geographical Distribution of Species of Coelenterata. west indian fauna. Millepora alcicornis Linne. Several specimens in various stages of development, from the south coast of Cuba, February 19, 1923. Stylaster roseus (Pallas). Several fine colonies dredged in 150 fms., seven miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 15 Olindias tenuis (Fewkes)'. One specimen, Turtle Harbor, Florida, November 28, 1923. Physalia physalis (Linne) Schneider. Two, pelagic, taken at Sombrero Light, Florida, March 4, 1923. Tamoya haplonema F. Muller. One young specimen, Bahamas, field tag 128. One young specimen, Matanzas, Cuba, February 28, 1928. Nine specimens, all young, taken with marine light at night, Hawk's Nest, Cat Island, Bahamas, Janu- ary 15, 1928. Cassiopea xamachana H. B. Bigelow. One unusually large specimen, taken in six fms., Dry Tortugas, Florida, November 26, 1923, field tag 315. Cassiopea frondosa (Pallas). One specimen taken on the south coast of Cuba, February 19, 1923, field tag 97, lot E. Stomolophus meleagris L. Agassiz. Eleven, collected off Miami Beach, Florida. Corallium vanderoilti, new species, one four-branched colony, taken in over 100 fms., Casilda, south coast of Cuba, February 15, 1924. Plexaura fusca Duchassaing and Michelotti. One large colony, south coast of Cuba, February 19, 1923. Rhipidogorgia flabellum (Linne). Several fine specimens, from Nassau, Bahamas. Several from Port Tanamo, Cuba, 1923. Pterogorgia acerosa forma typica Biel. Two very fine colonies from Nassau, Bahamas, 1024. Stenogorgia casta Verrill. One very fine colony of this rare species, dredged in 150 fms., seven miles off of Alligator Reef, Florida. Zoanthus pulchellus (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Four colonies, Limon Bay, Panama, January 21, 1928. LABRADOR-NEW ENGLAND FAUNA. Zygodactyla groenlandica (Peron and Lesueur). One very large specimen, Eastport, Maine, collected by the "Eagle." Metridium dianthus (Ellis). One large specimen, Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, September 3, 1926. Another, York Harbor, Newfoundland, September 12, 1923. 16 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Aciinaugc rugosa Verrill. Twelve specimens, dredged in 180 fms., Bay of Islands, Newfound- land, September 3, 1926. Four larger specimens taken from the same locality, attached to stones and various species of mollusks, September 3, 1926. Bolocera longicornis Carlgren. Five specimens, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. Stomphia carneola (Stimpson). One, taken by the "Eagle" at Eastport, Maine. TROPICAL AMERICAN PACIFIC FAUNA. Stomotica divisa Maas. One specimen, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Nectrodroma reticulata Bigelow. One unusually fine colony and twro not quite perfect nectophores of this rare animal were taken in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Abylopsis eschscholtzii (Huxley). Several bracts, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Periphylla hyacinthina (Steenstrup). One taken in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Ptilosarcus gurneyi Gray. One very fine specimen, Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, Pacific Ocean, in shallow water, March, 1926. Pavonaria calif ornica Moroff. Eleven colonies, dredged in 100 fms., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928. Beroe forskalii H. Milne Edwards. Four taken in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. One, Jicaron Island, Panama, January, 1928. One specimen, taken at 1090 fms., Pacific Ocean, Lat. 1° 14' N. ; Long. 90° W., January 30, 1928. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 17 MEDITERRANEAN FAUNA. Solmissus albescens Gegenbaur. One specimen, taken 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, April 19, 1923. Abylopsis tetragona (Otto). Free Eudoxid stage taken in 400 fms., off St. Raphael, bearing S. S. E. distance 9 miles S. of France, Mediterranean Sea, March 23, 1927. Velella velella (Linne). Two, pelagic, 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, April 19, 1927. Cotylorhiza tuberculata (Macri). One very fine specimen, Monaco, Mediterranean Sea, April 19, 1927. Alcyonium palmatum Pallas. Two, dredged in 35 fms., 5 miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, Mediterranean Sea, July 21, 1927. One small specimen from 325 fms., Cape Spartivento, Sardinia, 1927. Geographical Distribution of Species of Echinodermata. west indian fauna. Neocomatella pulchella (Pourtales). One very fine specimen dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles S. W. off Alli- gator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Astropecten antillensis Lutken. Two specimens, Porto Padre, Cuba, March, 1928, collected by the "Ara." Luidia marcgravii Lutken. Two very fine specimens, south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, February 11, 1924. Another large specimen, Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, February 8, 1924. Another fine specimen, Port Segua la Grande, Cuba, Febru- ary 13, 1925. Oreaster reticulatus (Linne) Muller and Troschel. Three large dry specimens from Bury Island Flats, B. W. I., Janu- ary 19, 1925. Five younger specimens of various sizes, in spirit, from the same locality. Peltaster planus Verrill. One, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. 18 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Echinaster echinophorus (Lamarck) Perrier. Two specimens, from the Florida Reefs, January, 1923. One larger specimen, from the south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, dredged in 5 fms., February 11, 1924. Asteronyx loveni Muller and Troschel. One specimen, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles S. "W. off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Astrophyton muricatum (Lamarck). One large specimen, taken on the Florida Reefs, 1923. One large dry specimen, dredged off the south coast of Cuba, in deep water, February, 1924. Hemipholis elongata (Say). One specimen, taken in Turtle Harbor, Florida, April 14, 1923. Ophiothrix angulata (Say). One specimen, Thompson Key, Florida, January 27, 1923. Two, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles S. W. off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Ophiothrix suensonii Lutken. Two dry specimens, Pigeon Key, Florida, April 17, 1926, collected by the "Ara." Two young specimens, Turtle Harbor, Florida, 2 fms., April 19, 1922. One from south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, February 14, 1923. Two specimens from Barnett Harbor, Bahamas, January 13, field tag 12. Ophioderma appressum (Say). Two specimens from Porto Padre, Cuba, 2 fms., March, 1928. Ophioderma cinereum Muller and Troschel. Two, dredged in 70 fms., south of Marquesas Keys, Florida, March 2, 1924. Ophiolepis elegans Lutken. One specimen, Porto Padre, Cuba, March, 1928. Stichopus badionotus Selenka. Three specimens, Egg Island Harbor, Bahamas, B. W. I., January 19, 1925. One specimen, Port Tanamo, Cuba, February 23, 1924, taken in 2 fms. ; another much younger specimen, from the same locality, also taken in 2 fms. Holothuria arenicola Brandt. One specimen, Dry Tortugas, Florida, March, 1925. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 19 Cidaris affinis (Philippj). Four specimens, seined, Porto Padre, Cuba, 3 fms., March, 1928. Eucidaris tribuloides (Lamarck). Six specimens, dredged in shallow water, Egg Island, Bahamas, B. W. I., January, 1925. Another specimen, from the same locality, figured in plate. Two specimens, taken in 3 fms., south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, February 1, 1924. Diadema setosum (Leske). One large specimen, Port Tanamo, Cuba, 2 fms., January 23, 1924. Two young ones from the same locality. One large specimen, Dry Tortugas, Florida. Lytechinus variegatus (Leske). Eight beached tests from the West Indies. One specimen, Dry Tortugas, Florida. Tripneustes esculentus (Leske). Ten very young specimens, Bury Island Flats, B. W. I., January 19, 1925. Two small specimens, Porto Padre, Cuba, March, 1928. EcJiinometra lucunter (Linne). Two small specimens, Dry Tortugas, Florida. Clypeaster ravenelii Agassiz. Two specimens, dredged in 70 fms., S. of Marquesas Keys, Florida, March 2, 1924. Clypeaster rosaceus Linne. Two beach worn tests from Dry Tortugas, Florida. Moira at r opus (Lamarck). Three dredged in 3 fms., Cape Cruz, Cuba, field tag 410 A, Febru- ary 11, 1924. Five young specimens, Porto Padre, Cuba, seined in 2 fms., March, 1928. Meoma ventricosa (Lamarck). One large specimen, dredged at Egg Island, British West Indies, January 19, 1925. LABRADOR-NEW ENGLAND FAUNA. Ctenodiscus crispatus (Retzius). Seven specimens, dredged in the middle of St. George's Bay, New- foundland, September 2, 1926. Peltaster planus Verrill. One larger than the type, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland. 20 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV S olaster papposus (Linne). Three young specimens, dredged in the middle of St. George's Bay, Newfoundland, September 2, 1926. S olaster endeca (Retzius). Three specimens, from the coast of Maine, collected by the "Eagle." Henricia sanguinolentus (0. F. Muller). One specimen, off Cuttyhunk, Vineyard Sound, Mass., June 16, 1922. Two small specimens, without label, but probably from Vine- yard Sound, June, 1922. One young and two somewhat larger speci- mens, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. W. of Port Basque, Newfound- land, September 2, 1926. One larger specimen, dredged in Long Island Sound, off Northport, N. Y., summer of 1929. Asterias vidgaris Verrill. Three specimens, from the coast of Maine, taken by the "Eagle." Another large dry specimen, from the coast of Maine. One young specimen, dredged off Eastport, Maine, August 22, 1923. Gorgonocephalus arcticus (Leach). One large specimen, in spirit, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. by S. "W. off Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. One dry specimen, from the coast of Maine, collected by the "Eagle." Ophiopholis aculeatus (Linne). One specimen, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. "W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. Ophiura sarsii Lutken. One, collected at Eastport, Maine, by the "Eagle." Echinarachinus parma (Lamarck). Three, collected at Eastport, Maine, August 24, 1924. Four, from the W. K. Vanderbilt estate shores, Northport Harbor, Long Island, N. Y. Cucumaria frondosa (Gunnerus). Two, from the Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, September 10, 1923. Psolus pliantapus (Strussenflet). One specimen, dredged in the middle of St. George's Bay, New- foundland, September 2, 1926. TROPICAL AMERICAN PACIFIC FAUNA. Nidorellia armata Gray. One specimen, taken at "Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, March, 1928. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 21 Luidia Columbia (J. E. Gray). One specimen, Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, February 3, 1926. Linckia columbiae Gray. One, Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, February 3, 1928. Heliaster multiradiatus (Gray). One young specimen, Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, February 3, 1928. Amphiura diomedeae Lutken and Mortensen. Two disks with broken arms and 50 to 100 arms minus the disks, dredged in 100 fms., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928. Ophiocoma aethiops Lutken. Five very large specimens, collected in Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, tide-pool, February, 1928. OpModerma variegatum Lutken. Eight specimens, from Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928. Eucidaris thouarsii (Valentin). Three large specimens, Hood Island, Galapagos, March, 1928. Strongylocentrotus gibbosus Agassiz and DeSor. Six specimens, shallow water, Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Gala- pagos Islands, March, 1928. Pegalothuria natatrix Ludwig. Three specimens, in very good condition, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, Pacific Ocean, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." Holothuria impatiens (Forskal). Two, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, February, 1928. Holothuria kefersteinii (Selenka). Ten specimens, tide-pool, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, Febru- ary, 1928. MEDITERRANEAN FAUNA. Antedon adriatica A. H. Clark. One specimen, dredged in 65 fms., 11 miles S. W. of Lissa Island, Dalmatia, Adriatic Sea. Ten specimens, dredged in 100 fms., 9y2 miles E. by S. i/2 S. off Cape Bon Tunis, N. Africa, July 21, 1927. Echinaster sagenus (Retzius). One young specimen, dredged in 19 fms., 10 miles S. of Cagliari, Sardinia, July 23, 1927. 22 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Brisinga mediterranea Perrier. Six rays without the central disk, taken in dredge, 102 fms., mud bottom, St. Andrea Island, off Dalmatian coast, Adriatic Sea. Ophiomyxa pentagona (Lamarck). One dredged in 35 fms., 5 miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, North Africa, July 19, 1927. Ophioderma longicauda (Linck). Eight specimens, dredged in 19 fms., 10 miles south of Cagliari, Sardinia, July 23, 1927. Ophuira texturata Lamarck. One large specimen, 35 fms., N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, North Africa, July 21, 1927. Sphaerichinus granulans (Lamarck). Eleven young specimens, dredged in 19 fms., grassy bottom, 10 miles S. of Cagliari, Sardinia, Mediterranean Sea, July 23, 1927. Stichopus regalis (Cuvier). Three specimens, dredged in 100 fms., 9y2 miles S. by E., y2 S. off Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, Mediterranean Sea, July 19, 1927. Holothuria tubidosa Gmelin. Three specimens, from grassy bottom, 19 fms., 10 miles south of Cagliari, Sardinia, Mediterranean Sea, July 23, 1927. Cucumaria planci von Marenzeller. One, taken in 35 fms., 5 miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, North Africa, July 21, 1927. Geographical Distribution op Species op Mollusca. west indian fauna. Onychoteuthis banksii Leach. Two very young specimens, from Bimini, British "West Indies, January 19, 1923. Bossia tenera (Verrill). One, dredged in 100 fms., Marquesas Keys, Florida, 1924. Loligo brevis Blainville. One specimen, Hogsty Island, San Salvador, B. W. I., February 13, 1926. One specimen, Limon Bay, Panama, caught in dragnet, \2/z fms., January 21, 1928. Loligo pealeii (Leseuer). Three specimens, Thompson Key, Florida, January 26, 1926. One specimen, caught at night with marine electric light, Hawk's Nest, Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 23 Cat Island, Bahamas,- January 15, 1923. Three specimens, caught on the south coast of Cuba, February 14, 1923. Sepioteuthis sloanii Leach. Two specimens, caught in Turtle Harbor, Florida. Octopus verrilli Hoyle. Three specimens, dredged in 200 fms., off Miami, March 31, 1926. Octopus vulgaris Lamarck. One specimen, Bimini, Bahamas Islands, March, 1924. One, taken at Miami, Florida. The cut-off arm of a specimen which resisted capture and attacked one of the sailors on the schooner "Sonia" while the boat was crossing from Bimini to Miami Beach, Florida. This specimen was probably between seven and eight feet umbrella diam- eter. The naturalist of the "Sonia," Mr. L. L. Mowbray, reported that the octopus was basking in the sunlight close to the surface, as if asleep, when first sighted. A mother octopus, with umbrella diam- eter of about ten inches, and her brood of 522 young, seven of which are not fully escaped from the egg-capsule; taken from loggerhead sponge, Knight's Key, Florida, dredging 2 fms., March 6, 1925. Two young specimens, Le Mole, Carenge Bay, Haiti, February 5, 1924. One very minute young specimen, taken in 34 fms., off Fowey Rock Light, Florida, April 26, 1922. One large specimen, Bimini, British West Indies. Another large specimen, Miami, Florida, 1923. One very young specimen, Cualeo Reales Channel, Cuba, February 18, 1923. One large octopus, caught by hand in rock crevice, Miami, Florida, no. 10, lot B. Ischnochiton (Stenoplax) limaciformis Sowerby. One specimen, dredged in 5 fms., American Shoal Light, Florida. Tethys dactylomela (Rang). One specimen, off American Shoal Light, Florida, 6 fms., March 23, 1924. Dolabrifera virens Verrill. One, taken at the surface, 15 miles east of Casilda, Cuba, February 14, 1923. TROPICAL AMERICAN PACIFIC MOLLUSCAN FAUNA. Onychoteuthis banksii Leach. One young specimen, taken 17 miles S. W. of Pinta Island, Gala- pagos, January 31, 1928. Pyrgopsis schneehageni (Pfeffer). Two specimens, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Very rare. 24 Bulletin, Yanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Dosidicus gigas (D'Orbigny). One, taken 17 miles S. W. of Pinta Island, Galapagos, January 31, 1928. Loligo diomedeae Hoyle. One fairly large adult, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926. Seven very young specimens, in the post-embryonic stage, just from the capsule, dredged in 100 fms., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, 1928. Argonauta argo Linne. One egg-laden female and shell, from 50 miles off Cape Mala, Panama, pelagic at surface, March 16, 1926. Octopus bimaculatus (Verrill). One large specimen, taken by blasting rocks, at Eden Island, Inde- fatigable group, Galapagos Islands, March 12, 1926. One smaller specimen, taken in drag-net, Coiba Island, Panama, Pacific side, Feb- ruary, 1928. Chiton (Chiton) latus Sowerby. One large specimen, collected on the rocks at Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, February 4, 1928. Chiton (Chiton) goodallii Broderip. Six specimens, Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, Pacific Ocean, March 5, 1926. Seven very large specimens, Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, Febru- ary 4, 1928. Chiton (Radsia) sidcatus Wood. One very large specimen, on the rocks, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, February 4, 1928. LABRADOR-NEW ENGLAND MOLLUSCAN FAUNA. Illex illecebrosus illecebrosus (Leseuer). One specimen, taken in 200 fms., 9 miles S. W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. One specimen, Halifax, Nova Scotia, August 3, 1923. MEDITERRANEAN MOLLUSCAN FAUNA. Onychoteuthis banksii Leach. One specimen about six inches long, taken in storm, washed up on the upper deck of the yacht "Ara" between Madeira and Casa Blanca, Morocco, August 4, 1924. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and (eAra," 1921-28 25 Sepiola rondeletii (Gesner). One, dredged in 100 fms., 9 miles E. by S. y2 S. off Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, July 19, 1927. Rossia macrosoma (Delle Chiaje) . One, dredged in 100 fms., 9 miles E. by S. y2 S. off Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, July 19, 1927. Loligo vulgaris Lamarck. Two specimens, dredged in 11 fms., Casa Blanca, Morocco, August 20, 1924. Octopus (Octopus) vulgaris Lamarck. One large specimen, taken in Monaco Harbor, Mediterranean Sea. Scaeurgus unicirrhus (Delle Chiaje) D'Orbigny. One taken in 100 fms., 9 miles E. by S. i/2 S. off Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, July 19, 1927. Eledone moschatus (Lamarck). One, from rock crevices, Monaco Harbor, Mediterranean Sea, 1927. Cymbulia peronii Blainville. Four specimens, pelagic, in the Mediterranean Sea, 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, April 19, 1927, 900 fms. Two, from 400 fms., St. Raphael, bearing S. S. E., 9 miles S. of France, March 27, 1927. Tethys depilans (Linne). One large specimen, Palermo, Italy, September 2, 1924. Tethys fimbria (Bohascht). One very fine specimen, Monaco, Mediterranean Sea, May 14, 1927. Carinaria mediterranea (Peron and Leseuer). One, taken in dip-net, Monaco, Mediterranean Sea, May 2, 1927. Another slightly smaller specimen, from the same locality, May 14, 1927. Firola coronata Forskal. One, dredged in 400 fms., St. Raphael, bearing S. S. E. distance 9 miles S. of France, March 23, 1927. 26 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV MEDUSA. "I looked down into the current And saw Medusa pass, A delicate tinted creature, Like languidly pulsing glass; An exquisite filmy nothing That has no meaning for me, And yet she is holding the heart Of the sea. "Why are the oceans stirring, What makes their waters run Cold from the inshore icebergs, Warm from the offshore sun, Green where the banks lie sleeping, Blue in the deeps outside ; — All are Medusa's servants, Hers to ride. So in the sea of letters Some artfully shaded word Is drifted down the ages Sure as a homing bird, Unreal and without substance, Yet meaning more to you Than all of the hard statistics That are true." — J. T. Nichols. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara" 1921-28 27 COELENTERATA: SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION. HYDROCORALLINAE. Family: MILLEPORIDAE. Genus: millepora Linne. Millepora alcicornis Linne. Name : Sea-Ginger. Type: Linne states: "Habitat in 0. India utriusque." Distribution : Shallow water to ten fathoms ; found from Florida to northern Brazil. Material examined: Several specimens collected on the south coast of Cuba, February 19, 1923. Remarks : This is one of the most important and abundant of the reef-building animals of the West Indies. In life it is usually dark russet-brown, but occasionally it is orange-brown or umber-brown. When young it often encrusts shells, corals or gorgonians ; when well grown it forms large clusters of finger-like fronds, the groups often being four to six feet across and one to two feet high. The shape of the fronds varies greatly. When young it forms encrustations on dead corals, shells and sea-fans, and on these latter as they shrink or swell the millepore breaks into bead-like forms. The zooids are armed with unusually powerful stinging cells which cause it to be called "Sea- ginger." Several distinct subspecies have been described from West Indian waters. In 1858 Louis Agassiz first established the hydroid nature of the zooids of this millepore. References: Millepora alcicornis Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 791, 1758 ; ed. 12, p. 1282, 1767.— Dana, Zooph. U. S. Explor. Exped., vol. VII, p. 543, 1846. — H. Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. Nat. Corall., vol. Ill, p. 228, I860.— Pourtales, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. VII, pi. XX, figs. 1-6, 1880.— Hickson, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1898, p. 256.— Vaughan, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm. XX, part 2, p. 318, 1901.— Verrill, A. E., Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. XI, p. 182, 1903 ; ibid, XII, p. 37, 1904-07. ANTHOMEDUSAE. Family : OCEANIDAE Vanhoffen, s. s. Genus : STOMOTICA L. Agassiz. Stomotica divisa Maas. Type: Maas' type was taken by the "Albatross" at Station 3383, in the Bay of Panama; depository not given. 28 Bulletin, Tanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Distribution: A deep-sea species known from the tropical Amer- ican Pacific. Material examined : One specimen, dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." Color: This species, which is very closely related to the West Indian Stomotica pterophylla Haeckel, and possibly identical with it, is milky white, with the gonads rose-pink, the manubrium and ten- tacles canary yellow. Life history : Unknown. The members of this genus are known to develop through Tubularian hydroids. Technical description: Consult Maas (1897), p. 11, pi. I, figs. 1-7, color plate and Bigelow (1909), p. 203. The single specimen taken by the "Ara" has an axial diameter of 12 mm. It is somewhat broken, but corresponds in all essentials with the above cited descriptions of this species. References : Stomotica divisa Maas, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 23, p. 11, pi. 1, figs. 1-9, 1897.— Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 203, pi. 7, fig. 9, pi. 43, figs, 6, 7, 1909.— Mayer, Medusae of "World, Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst, of Washington, vol. I, p. 114, fig. 61, 1910. Order: LEPTOMEDUSAE. Family: AEQUORIDAE. Genus : ZYGODACTYLA Brandt, s. s. Agassiz. Zygodactyla groenlandica (Peron and Lesueur). Plate 1. Type: Peron and Lesueur recorded the species from "the seas of Greenland." Louis Agassiz in his "tabular classification of the hydroida" gives in addition to Greenland, the coasts of Maine, Bay of Fundy and Massachusetts Bay. Neither author cites a depository of his material. Distribution : The northern form of this species is larger than the southern and ranges from the coast of Greenland to Cape Cod, Mass., while the southern form is found in abundant swarms pelagic from the southern shores of Long Island to Beaufort, N. C. Material examined : One large specimen about 21 inches in diame- ter, collected at Eastport, Maine, by the "Eagle." Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 1. Zygodactyla groenlandica (Peron and Lesueur), about one-third natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 29 Color: Louis Agassiz records that this medusa is highly phos- phorescent at night and that the phosphorescence takes place in the substance of the nervous cord. The northern form varies in color from nearly colorless specimens to some that are exquisite transparent violet fringed around the margin with fine tentacles of a darker violet. The southern form is decidedly pinkish. Life history: The young of this species were first described by Agassiz (1865). Mayer (1910) also described the young. Technical, description : Adult : Northern form. Disk, axial diam- eter 10 to 15 inches; aboral surface flat or slightly concave in the middle region; gelatinous substance hyaline, rigid, about three-quar- ters of an inch thick in the middle of umbrella, abruptly quite thin near the margin ; velum rudimentary. Eighty to one hundred chymif- erous tubes present, with three to four very long, retractile tentacles with hollow bulb-like ends between each two chymiferous tubes. The excretion papillae are near the bases of the tentacles and some occur between them. There are eight to ten very minute lithocysts, each containing two spherical concretions, situated between each successive pair of tentacles. There is also a single row of six to fifteen solid, rounded papillae on the subumbrella, between each successive pair of radial canals. The stomach is sac-like, broad proximally, tapering to an elongated, cylindrical throat-tube, margined by long oral tentacles which equal or slightly exceed in number the radial canals. References: Medusa aequorea Fabricius, Fauna Gronlandica, no. 357, 1780. Medusa globularis Modeer, Nova Acta Phys. Med. Bd. 8, p. 33, 1791. Aequorea gronlandica Peron and Lesueur, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, tome 14, p. 339, 1809.— Lesson, Zooph. Acal., p. 313, 1843. Aequorea globularis Morch, Beskriv. af Groenland., p. 96, 1857. Rhacostoma atlanticum Agassiz, L., Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. Ill, p. 342, 1850. Polycanna groenlandica Haeckel, Syst. der Medusen, p. 232, 1879. — Whiteaves, Cat. Marine Invert. Eastern Canada, Publ. of Geol. Survey Canada, p. 22, 1901. Zygodactyla groenlandica Agassiz, L., Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. 4, p. 360, 1862. — Agassiz, A., N. American Acalephae, p. 103, figs. 153-155, 1865.— Verrill, A. E., Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish and Fish- eries, 1871-72, p. 729, pi. 37, fig. 275, 187 .— Fewkes, Bull. Mus. 30 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Comp. Zool., vol. 8, p. 156, pi. 5, figs. 5, 6, 11, 12, 1881; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, pi. 5, figs. 7, 19, 1884.— Hargitt, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., vol. 24, p. 25, 1904.— Mayer, A. G., Medusae of The World, vol. II, p. 335, pi. 44, figs. 1-4, color plate, 1910 ; Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst, of "Washington. HYDROIDA. Family: PLUMULARIIDAE. Genus : CLADOCARPUS Allman. Cladocarpus sigma (Allman). Plate 2. Type: Allman 's type came from Florida and is deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Distribution : Florida and the upper West Indian region. Bathy- metric occurrence: 110 to 352 fms. Material examined : Two small colonies taken in 150 fms., 7 miles S. W. off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 31, 1926. Color: Crystalline, transparent. Technical description : According to Nutting this species attains a height of two to two and one-half feet, branching profusely and repeatedly. The "Ara" specimens are broken branches 80 mm. and 87 mm. high, respectively. Trophosome : Colony pinnate, stem fascicled except at the extreme tips of the branches; hydrocladia alternate, closely set, originating from the front side of stem ; internodes straight, each having its axial cavity divided by about ten very strong and conspicuous septal ridges, which appear to extend entirely around the internal surface of the internode. Hydrothecae rather closely approximated for this group, deep, cylindrical, with the margins cut into about ten shallow teeth, sharp pointed with shallow arcs between; margin slightly flaring; intrathecal ridge conspicuous with a sigmoid flexure in lateral view its course being curved forward then upward then forward, down- ward and forward again; the supracalycine nematophores are cylin- drical, reaching the margin of the hydrotheca; the mesial nemato- phores are small, spur-like, adnate except at the distal end ; the cauline nematophores afford no specific characters. Gonosome: Gonangia are present on one of the specimens; they are borne on phylactogonia, springing from the proximal internode of Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 2. J>*-".-"sij ''J ' -' ■■•i'3j?S' ;--s^«g Cladocarpus sigma (Allman), A, Gonosome x 40. B, Hydrotheea x 80. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 3. Stylaster roseus (Pallas), about one-third natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 31 the hydrocladia and are subovoid, much broader at the distal end than toward the proximal end, as shown in the figure; each has a lunate, lateroterminal aperture. Not all of the gonangia are identical in shape; some appear in profile somewhat like a bird's head, the convex distal end beyond the aperture being abruptly narrowed ; these usually are the less fully developed gonangia, toward the tip of the phylae- togonia. Each phylactogonium bears three to four gonangia and sev- eral protective nematophorous branchlets, one each arising at the base of each gonangium. References: Aglaophenia sigma Allman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. V, no. 2, p. 45, pi. 26, 1877. Cladocarpus sigma Nutting, Smiths. Special Bull., part I, p. Ill, pi. 26, figs. 1-2, 1900. Order: STYLASTERINA. Family: STYLASTERIDAE. Genus : STYLASTEE Gray. Stylaster roseus (Pallas). Plate 3. Type: Pallas' type material came from the seas about St. Domingo, and was probably deposited in the Leyden or Belgium museum. Distribution : This is a deep water species, restricted to the West Indian region. Bathymetric occurrence : shallow water to 340 fms., but found mostly from 50 to 340 fms. Material examined : Several very beautiful branches, some 7 to 10 inches high, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles S. W. off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926, by the "Am." Color: The branches vary from ivory in the older basal portions of the branches to deep rose toward the more fragile outer branches. Technical description: Corallum flabelliform, nonanastomosing, principal branches large, compressed cylindrical rapidly dividing and subdividing into smaller branches and branchlets, the distal branches very delicate, elegantly graceful. In cross section the proximal branches are broad, oval or subcircular, firm and hard. The cyclostems are on the lateral sides of the branches, a few are found on the sur- faces also. The majority are turned towards one surface; they are slightly elevated; 0.7 to 1.2 mm. transverse diameter. The septa are delicate, usually 12, sometimes 10 to 14 distinct septa present; colu- mella minute. 32 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV References: Madrepora rosea Pallas, Elench. Zooph., etc., p. 312, 1766. Stylaster roseus H. Milne Edwards and Haime, Hist. Nat. Corall. t. II, p. 130, 1857 (with early synonymy). — Pourtales, as footnote, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. I, art. 7, p. 136, 1868.— Verrill, ibid, vol. I, art. 3, p. 45. — Hickson and England, Sty- lasterina Siboga Exped., vol. VIII, p. 8, 1905. Stylaster sanguineus Valentin, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. II, p. 83, 1871. Family: OLINDIAIDAE. Genus : OLINDIAS F. Muller Olindias tenuis (Fewkes). Plate 4. Type : Collected at Key West, Florida, 1878, by Alexander Agassiz ; deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Distribution : Found abundantly on the muddy flats of the Florida coast, Bahamas and Bermudas. An abundant species in summer. Mayer (1910) suggests that tenuis may be only a small northern variety of 0. sambaquiensis, which occurs abundantly along the Bra- zilian coast. Material examined: One specimen, collected at Turtle Harbor, Florida, November 28, 1923, by the "Ara." Color: Bell delicate translucent greenish yellow. Ectoderm of manubrium, gonads and tentacle bulbs is an opaque yellow green with the innermost parts purple-red. On the manubrium near the base of the origin of the four radial canals there are four interradial purple red spots. The nematocyst warts on the short exumbrella tentacles are either white or deep purple, while the half-rings on the long flexible marginal tentacles are red and yellow. (Mayer.) Life history: Mayer (1910) describes several growth stages of this species. Technical description : Consult Bigelow, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 109, 1909, and Mayer, Medusae of the World, vol. II, p. 354, pi. 47, figs. 8-10, pi. 48, figs. 1-7, 1910. The "Ara" specimen is 25 mm. diameter and has 34 primary tenta- cles ; 52 secondary tentacles. The bell is hemispherical, the gelatinous substance quite firm; the velar, short tentacles each arising from the bell in a line a little above Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 4. Olindias tenuis (Fewkes), x 2. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 5. Solmissus albescens (Gegenbaur), x 1.5. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and " Ara," 1921-28 33 the margin. The tentacles of this series are furnished with wart-like clusters of nematocysts, and near the distal end, on the aboral side, there is an elongate, pad-like cluster of nematocyst cells, having a sucker-like appearance and serving as a strong adhesive organ, enabling the medusa to fasten itself to stones, etc. The exumbrella tentacles are 34 in number and arise from the bell margin ; are about four times as long as the bell diameter, frequently retracted into cork- screw like curls and having a very powerful longitudinal muscle stripe on the inner side while the outer side is regularly banded by trans- verse half-rings of nematocysts. The tentacles terminate in a knob-like cluster of nematocysts and on their inner side there is a pad-like clus- ter of large cells which may serve as a weak adhesive organ. The exumbrella margin between the tentacles is in the form of small, rounded papillae. Above the ring-canal, on its inner side, are a series of lithocysts, a pair between the base of each velar tentacle; making a total of from 64 to 108 lithocysts. There is a spherical concretion in each lithocyst. There are four straight radial canals and twenty- eight to forty branches which extend inward from the ring canal and end blindly in the bell. The four gonads are papilliform, laterally reflected and develop on the outer halves of the radial canals. The manubrium is tubular, elongate reaching about three-fourths of the depth of the bell, and is cruciform in cross-section and has four out- curved lips. References: Halicalyx tenuis Fewkes, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 9, p. 277, pi. 7, fig. 15, 1882.— Mayer, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 63, pis. 5, 6, figs. 12, 13, 1900.— Goto, Mark Anniversary Volume, p. 15, 1903. Olindias tenuis Browne, Fauna and Geol. Maldive Archipelagoes, vol. 2, p. 737, 1904.— Mayer, Mem. Nat. Sci. Brooklyn Inst. Mus., vol. 1, p. 23, pis. 5, 6, figs. 50-59, 1904; Medusae of the World, Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst. Wash., vol. II, p. 354, 1910.— Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 109, 1909. Order: NARCOMEDUSAE. Family : AEGINIDAE sens. ampl. Genus : SOLMISSUS Haeckel. Solmissus albescens (Gegenbaur). Plate 5. Type: Collected in the Mediterranean Sea; depository not stated. Distribution : An abundant species in the Mediterranean Sea. 34 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Material examined: One specimen, measuring 26 mm. bell diam- eter, collected 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, Mediterranean Sea, April 19, 1923. Color: The bell is transparent, colorless, except that the tentacles and gonads are milky ; the concretions are garnet-red. Technical description: A small species, with bell diameter of 20 to 30 mm. The bell is flat, lenticular, with the central region a biconvex lens, thick in the center, while the bell collar is thin, flexible, contractile ; over the collar region the exumbrella is beset with numer- ous prickle-like tubercles and flat, discoidal, wart-like nematocysts. There are 12 to 14 marginal lappets, with the same number of tenta- cles alternating the lappets. Each lappet is subrectangular, about one and one-half times as long as wide, the free margin a little rounded at the corners; there are five to eight sensory clubs on the margin of each lappet; each club is short, distally dilated, with a cup-like con- cavity within its outer end and filled with a vesicle containing a spherical concretion. There are sensory filaments on the outer half of the club. The velum is broad, with strong circular muscles. The tentacles are each nearly as long as the bell diameter, tapered distally and rather stiff, usually bending only near the base. The central stomach is large with a usually gaping circular aperture; the mar- ginal stomach pouches are wide pentagonal, their outer angles extend- ing under the base of the tentacles. There is no marginal canal sys- tem present. The gonads are situated over the subumbrella ectoderm of the stomach and its pouches and are somewhat milky in color. References: Cunina albescens Gegenbaur, Zeit. fur. Wissen. Zool. Bd. 8, p. 260, taf. 10, figs. 3, 4, 1856. Cunina moneta Leuckart, Archiv. f. Naturgesch. Jahrg., vol. 22, p. 36, taf. 1, fig. 13 ; taf. 2, fig. 12, 1856. Cunina solmaris Hertwig, O. & R., Nerven. Syst. Sinnesorgane der Medusen, pp. 19, 34, taf. 1, figs. 7-10; taf. 10, fig. 6, 1879. Solmissus albescens Haeckel, Syst. der Medusen, p. 350, 1879. — Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 63, 1909.— Mater, Medusae of the World, Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst. Wash- ington, vol. II, p. 482, figs. 326, 327, 1910. Polyxenia albescens Metschnikoff, Embryol. Studien an Medusen, Wien, pp. 23, 65, 1886. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Am," 1921-28 35 Order: CALYCOPHORAE. Family: PRAYIDAE. Subfamily: Prayinae. Genus : NECTRODEOMA H. B. Bigelow. Nectrodroma reticulata Bigelow. Type: Collected by the "Albatross," station 4681, 300 fms., down, two nectophores and three bracts; deposited in the U. S. National Museum or Museum of Comparative Zoology. Distribution : Known only from three small catches in the tropical American Pacific, in the vicinity of the Galapagos Islands, Cocos Island, and Cape Mala, Panama. Material examined : One unusually fine colony and two not quite perfect nectophores of this rare animal were caught 300 fms., down, in the Pacific Ocean, 50 miles S. W. off Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." Color: Transparent, colorless, except for the yellow oil globule in the oleocyst. Life history : Not known. Technical descmption: The "Ara" specimens conform in all essentials with Dr. Bigelow 's excellent description and figures of the species. References: Nectodroma reticulata H. B. Bigelow, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 38, p. 206, pi. 1, figs. 7, 8, pi. 3, figs. 1-7, 1911. Family: DIPHYIDAE. Subfamily : Abilinae L. Agassiz. Genus : ABYLOPSIS Chun. Abylopsis eschscholtzii (Huxley). Type : Huxley's type material was collected in all the seas traversed by H. M. S. "Rattlesnake," during the survey of the intricate passage within the Barrier Reef, which skirts the eastern shores of Australia and exploring the sea which lies between the northern end of this reef and New Guinea and the Louisade Archipelago. Depository, British Museum. Distribution : Widely distributed over the tropic Pacific and Ma- laysian regions. Deep-sea. Material examined : Several bracts were taken in the dredge down 300 fms., Pacific Ocean, 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." 36 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Color: Transparent, colorless, with a touch of yellow due to oil in the oleocyst. Life history : Imperfectly known. Technical description: Consult Huxley, T. H., (1859), and Bige- low, H.B. (1911). References : Aglaismoides eschscholtzii Huxley, T. H., The Oceanic Hydrozoa, p. 60, pi. 4, fig. 2, 1859, London. Abylopsis eschscholtzii Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 38, p. 226, pi. 14, figs. 1-5, pi. 15, fig. 1, 1911. Abylopsis tetragona (Otto). Type: Otto's type came from the Mediterranean and is deposited in the Museum at Breslau. Distribution : "Widely distributed in the Mediterranean, the tropi- cal Atlantic, the West Indian region, the eastern and western tropical Pacific, the Malaysian region and the Indian Ocean. Bathypelagic. Material examined : The Eudoxid stage of this species was taken in very good condition in the dredge down 400 fms., bottom depth 500 fms., off St. Raphael, bearing S. S. E., distance 9 miles S. of France, Mediterranean Sea, March 23, 1927, by the "Ara." Technical description : There are several excellent well illustrated descriptions of this species. It is more similar to A. eschscholtzii than any other members of the genus, but is readily distinguished there- from by its very large size, its relatively much longer nectophore which is between four and five times as long as the anterior necto- phore. The asymmetry of the nectophore in tetragona is very marked. The hydroecium is likewise diagnostic, the right wing being only slightly serrate on its transverse basal margin; the left wing being toothed throughout its length. The canals of the nectosarc are pecu- liarly arranged in tetragona, while in eschscholtzii they have the usual radial distribution. The free Eudoxid stage of this species has likewise been well described. The outstanding diagnostic feature of this stage is that its dorsal facet is subrectangular in tetragona, but is regularly pentag- onal in eschscholtzii; the ventral facet is straight in tetragona, deeply convex in eschscholtzii; the basolateral facets also differ in their proportions. References : Pyramis tetragona Otto, p. 306, taf . 42, figs. 2a-2c, 1883. Abylopsis tetragona H. B. Bigelow, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 38, p. 224, pi. 14, figs. 6, 7, pi. 15, fig. 2, 1909-1911. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 37 Family: PHYSALIIDAE. Genus : PHYSALIA Bosc. Physalia physalis (Linne) Schneider. Type : Collected from the coasts of Santa Catharina, Brazil ; deposi- tory not stated. Possibly St. Petersburg, Russia? Distribution : Pelagic in the West Indian region and Gulf Stream and the tropical Atlantic Ocean as far as the Azores and Canary Islands. Material examined: Two specimens, pelagic at Sombrero Light, Florida, March 4, 1923 (coU. no. 140), collected by the "Ara." Color : The float is pearly with a bright bluish tint, varying to rose color; the crest is margined with decided rose color and streaked below with rose. The appendages are opaque milky white with a bluish tinge. Discussion : Physalia physalis is the largest, best known, and most remarkable of the American siphonophora. The air-sac is pear-shaped with a conspicuous crenulated crest on the upper margin, which acts as a sort of sail. Pendant below the air-sac are three types of hydrae ; the large, locomotive hydrae which arise from a hollow stem that communicates with the cavity between the inner and outer wall of the air-sac ; outwardly the stem divides into three or four bunches of large hydrae which are placed on the windward side of the air-sac. Similar but definitely smaller clusters of hydrae occur on the lee-side. When the animal is storm driven, these larger tentacles can stretch forty to fifty feet in an effort to maintain the animal's safety. The feeding hydrae are scattered along the lee-side of the bag, and are of two kinds, large and small, clustered in bunches, each bunch arising from a common stem that communicates with the chymiferous cavity of the air-sac. The food is digested within these hydrae which have no tenta- cles. The third types of hydrae are very small, forming large clusters which are suspended among the feeding hydrae. The medusae buds, which arise singly either from the base of these hydrae or adjacent stems, are male or female, very similar to those of Tubularia. References: Holothuria physalis Linne, Syst. Nat., p. 657, ed. X, 1758. Physalia physalis Schneider, Zool. Anz., vol. 21, p. 190, 1898. — H. B. Bigelow, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 38, p. 352, 1908-09 (with synonymy from Linne to date). 38 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Family: VELELLIDAE. Genus: VELELLA Lamarck. Velella velella (Linne). Type : Linne 's type came from the Mediterranean Sea ; present de- pository unknown. Distribution: In American waters known from the "West Indian region and in the Gulf Stream as far north occasionally as Nantucket, Rhode Island; in the tropic Atlantic eastward to the Azores; also in the Mediterranean Sea. Material examined: Two specimens, 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, April 19, 1927. One specimen, taken 4^/2 miles off Monaco, March 20, 1927. Color: See Prof. Agassiz's color plate, made from Florida speci- mens, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. VIII, pi. 1, 1881-83. The mantle is a metallic bluish green with a deep cobalt blue margin surrounding the float and a similar band forming nearly an ellipse across the float. Between these bands of color the float passes from yellowish green to the dark blue marginal bands. The entire mantle is dotted with patches of brownish liver cells. The extreme outer margin of the mantle is fringed with a light cobalt blue band, through which the lower side of the tentacles of the float show. The mantle where it covers the central part of the float is light greenish blue with metallic lustre and with few liver cells, diminishing in abundance toward the base of the keel. The greenish color forms concentric lines parallel with the chambers of the float, crossed by triangular radiating rays extending from the fixed mantle margin towards the base of the keel, dividing the float into irregular alternating sections of light colored spaces. The keel is delicate steel color, with a thickened mar- gin of the mantle extending around it; there are dark violet patches of liver cells in the mantle margin. Life history: Extensive critical work has been done upon this species (see bibliography). In 1859 T. H. Huxley reported the larval forms. Technical description : Consult Agassiz, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 8, for description of the West Indian form, and Krohn, Archiv. f . Naturg., 1848, I, p. 30, for that of the Mediterranean form. Agassiz reviews the research done on the younger stages of Velella velella by Kolliker, Gegenbaur, Vogt, Huxley, Stuart and other workers. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate (5. Tamoya haplonema F. Muller, young specimen, x 1.5. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 39 References: Medusa velella Linne:, Syst. Nat. ed. X, p. 660, 1758. Velella velella H. B. Bigelow, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 38, p. 353, 1909-1911, (with very complete synonymy). SCYPHOMEDUSAE. Order: CHARYBDEIDA. Family: CHARYBDEIDAE Gegenbaur. Genus : TAMOYA F. Muller. Tamoya haplonema F. Muller. Plate 6. Type: Muller 's type came from Desterro, Santa Catharina, coast of Brazil. The depository is not cited. Distribution : This species is essentially of the West Indian region, having been recorded from the northern coasts of Brazil, at many places in the "West Indies ; the coasts of Florida ; at Beaufort, N. C, and in the autumn from Long Island Sound, New York, at Branford Harbor and Great Peconic Bay. Mayer notes that none of the Long Island Sound specimens were obtained at the surface, all being taken in dredges in depths of a fathom or more. In southern waters the species is very frequently found at the surface. Material examined : One young specimen, Bahamas, field tag 128. One young specimen, Matanzas, Cuba, February 28, 1928. One young specimen, Bimini, B. W. I., January 19, 1923, field tag 13. Nine young specimens, Hawk's Nest, Cat Island, Bahamas, with marine light and dipnet, January 15, 1928. Color: The gelatinous substance of the bell is tough but trans- parent milky white ; the wart-like nematocysts on the pedalia and vela- rium are also milky white. The long tentacles are milky amber, fre- quently with a delicate violaceous hue. The genital organs are milky amber ; the ocelli dark wood brown. Life history : Apparently not studied. Technical description : Umbrella 85 to 110 mm. high, 50 to 60 mm. wide, shaped not unlike a four-sided tumbler, with the sides vertical, the top or aboral surface nearly flat ; the aboral surface is thickly set with wart-like clusters of milky white nematocysts. There are four pedal lobes, each about 25 to 30 mm. long, flat, spatula shape, with thin edges. The four tentacles are each 85 to 95 mm. long, hollow, very flexible, and having regularly spaced rings of powerful nemato- 40 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV cysts. The rhopalia have two large median and four small lateral eyes, all placed on the inner side of the bulb. The large eyes have well developed, convex lenses. The velarium is thick, well developed, each quadrant having ten dendritic velar canals which terminate in many fine, non-anastomosing branches. The nerve extending from the base of each pedalium to the rhopalium is a well delineated white thread. The stomach is cruciform with four slightly recurved lips and extends approximately a third of the distance from the apex to the velarium. There are numerous short, gastric cirri. The genital organs are eight in number, attached to the four interradial septa, and extending like ribbon-like ruffles with frilled edges into the perradial gastrovascular pouches of the bell. References: Tamoya haplonema Muller, Abhand. Naturf. Ges. Halle, Bd. 5, p. 1, taf. 1, 2, 1859. — Agassiz, L., Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. IV, p. 174, 1862— Haeckel, Syst. der Medusen, p. 443, 1880. — Brooks, Studies Johns Hopkins Univ. Labr., vol. II, p. 138, 1882. — von Lendenfeld, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 9, p. 245, 1884.— Mayer, Mem. Nat. Sci. Museum Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 28, pi. 7, figs. 60-64, 1904 ; Medusae of the World, Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst. Washington, vol. Ill, p. 513, pi. 57, figs. 2 to 2" ', color plate, 1910.— Boone, L., Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll. vol. I, no. 5, p. 1, 1928. Tamoya prismatica Haeckel, ibid, p. 443. Carybdea (Tamoya) haplonema Fewkes, Rept. U. S. Comm. Fish, for 1886, p. 526, issued 1889. Order: CORONATAE. Family: PERIPHYLLIDAE. Genus: PERIPHYLLA Steenstrup. Periphylla hyacinthina (Steenstrup). Type: Steenstrup 's type was taken in 300 fms., at Cape Farewell, Greenland, and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution : This exquisite medusa is widely distributed over the floor of the great oceans, and especially in the tropical parts of the Pacific, the west coast of Mexico, coast of Chile, the Hawaiian Islands, Philippines, Indian Ocean, Malaysia; Mediterranean Sea, and Guinea Stream in the Atlantic Ocean off West Africa. Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 300 fms., bottom depth 1400 fms., 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, by the "Ara," March 16, 1926. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 41 Color : In life this jellyfish has the exoderm of the umbrella milky- white, the endodermal part of the umbrella a rich red ; the pedalia are reddish brown ; the tentacles are an opaque milky blue. References: Periphylla hyacinthina Steenstrup, Acta et Catal. Musei Hafniensis, 1837, (not available for examination). — Haeckel, System der Medus., p. 419, taf . 24, 1880.— Vanhoffen, Deutsche Tiefsee Exped. Valdivia, 1898-99, Bd. 3, p. 29, pi. II, fig. 9, 1903, (excellent color plate).— Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 26, pi. 1, fig. 3, pi. 9, fig. 2, (color plate) 1909. (With full synonymy, including that of the variety dodecabostrycha.) — Mayer, Medusae of World, vol. Ill, p. 544, figs. 342, 343, 1910, (synonymy) . Family: ATOLLIDAE. Genus : ATOLLA Haeckel, s. s. Fewkes. Atolla wyvillei Haeckel. For color plate see Bigelow, 1909. Type: Haeckel's type was obtained in the Antarctic Ocean; deposi- tory not stated. Distribution: A deep-sea species known first from stations in the Antarctic and sub- Antarctic, later taken by the "Albatross" at sev- eral stations in the eastern Pacific, including Hawaii and the coast of California. Material examined: One small specimen, dredge down 300 fms., bottom depth 1400 fms., Pacific Ocean, 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama ; piece of a large specimen, from the same locality. Color : See Dr. Bigelow 's exquisite color plates of this species made from living specimens. (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, pi. 8, pi. 9, fig. 3, 1909.) The center of the bell is deep wine-red with more deli- cate markings of the same color toward the margin ; the lappets and tentacles are delicate amber. Life history : Unknown. Technical description: Consult Haeckel (1880) for the original description, and Bigelow (1909) for critical discussion of additional knowledge of this species. The "Ara" specimen has an axial diameter of 46 mm., with broad radial furrows and smooth lappets. References: Atolla wyvillei Haeckel, Syst. der Medusen, p. 488, 1880; Rept. Voy. H. M. S. "Challenger," Zool., vol. IV, p. 113, 42 Bulletin, Vanderoilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV pi. 29, figs. 1-9, 1881. — Roule, Res. Sci. Campag. Caudan, t. I, Lyon, p. 302, 1896.— Maas, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 23, p. 79, 1897; Exped. Antarctique Francaise, vol. VII, p. 13, 1908. — Vanhoffen, Deutsche Tiefsee Exped. Valdivia, Bd. 3, Lfg. 1, p. 13, taf. 5, fig. 22, 1902; Deutsche Sudpolar Exped. Bd. 10, Zool., 2, p. 37, 1908.— Browne, Trans. Royal Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 46, p. 241, 1908.— Bigelow, H. B., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 37, p. 39, pis. 8-10, 1909.— Mayer, A. G., Medusae of the World, vol. Ill, p. 566, fig. 359, 1910 ; Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst, of "Washington, (with full synonymy). Atolla alexandri Maas, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 23, p. 81, taf. 11, fig. 2, taf. 14, figs. 4, 5, 1897. — Agassiz, A., and Mater, A. G., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 26, p. 156, 1902.— Mayer, A. G., Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. 23, p. 1138, pi. 2, fig. 7, pi. 3, figs. 10, 11, 1906. Order: RHIZOSTOMAE. Rhizostommata Pinnata Vanhoffen. Genus : CASSIOPEA Peron and Lesueur. Cassiopea xamachana H. B. Bigelow. Plate 7. Name : This specific name is derived from the ancient Indian name for Jamaica. Type: Dr. Bigelow discovered this species in great abundance in a salt water lagoon named Great Salt Pond, near Port Henderson, Kingston Harbor, Jamaica. The type is deposited in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Distribution : Known from the above type locality, Kingston Har- bor, Jamaica, and also from the salt water lagoons along the Florida Reefs as far north as Miami. Material examined: One specimen dredged in 6 fms., Dry Tor- tugas, Florida, November 26, 1923, field no. 315. Color: In life the general color of this jellyfish is greenish gray- blue, the greenish color being due to the presence of clusters of com- mensal plant cells, algae, Zoothanellae, within the gelatinous substance of the disk near the surface. Around the outer edge of the central concavity of the exumbrella is a wide, dull white circle, edged on its inner margin with delicate gray-brown. A somewhat Y-shaped radial white band extends outward from the broad ring in the radii of the Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 7. Cassiopea xamachana H. B. Bigelow, one-half of natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 43 sense organs. There is also a single radial stripe extending outward down the middle of the exumbrella side of each marginal lappet. Prominent spoke-like white stripes extend outward in the radii of the sense organs. The mouths, filaments and vesicles are olive or olive- brown; the vesicles and filaments more frequently being decidedly- green. A number of color varieties of this species are known. An especially striking form is the rare one with dull white diamond- shaped markings. Life history : The early stages of the development of the egg into scyphostoma are not yet studied. The formation of asexual buds by the scyphostoma has been critically studied by Bigelow and also observed by Perkins (1905). A careful resume of this phase of the development of the species has been presented by Mayer (1910). Regeneration in this species has been carefully studied by Stockard (1907) and Zeleny (1907). Histology of the muscles has been dis- cussed by Dahlgren and Kepner (1908). Studies of the rhythmical pulsation and its causes in the medusa have been reported by Mayer (1906, 1908). Technical description: Mayer states that the disk diameter is usually 150 mm. Bigelow has recorded a specimen from Jamaica with a disk diameter of 240 mm. The disk is flat with rounded edges, the exumbrella with a median concavity the diameter of which is about equal to the disk radius, this concavity forming a sucking disk. The number of rhopalia is regularly 16, but often varies from 17 to 23. This variation is determined at the time of stabilization and is not related to the size of the medusa. The sense organs are short, blunt, clavate, and are set within niches protected above by a shelf-like membrane spanning the cleft between adjacent lappets. No exum- brella pit occurs above the club. Each sense organ contains an ecto- dermal ocellus with reddish brown pigment. There are five short, blunt, rounded lappets between each successive pair of sense organs ; the two lappets adjacent to sense organs are only about half as wide as the others of the series. The mouth-arm disk which projects as a flattish plate from the center of the subumbrella is only about two-thirds as wide as the disk radius. Eight oral arms arise from this disk, each being rounded and slender with ten to fifteen alternate primary branches and numerous smaller ones. The arms project some- what beyond the margin of the bell. There is a single flat ribbon-like filament in the axil of each primary branch of the oral arms. There are also five to thirteen ribbon-like filaments on the oral surface of 44 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV the mouth-arm disk. Besides these filaments there are many short, clavate, nematocyst-bearing vesicles scattered among the mouths. The mouths are located on the oral, principally on the primary and sec- ondary branches of the arms and in less abundance on the oral sides of the eight basal trunks of the arms. In the adult medusa there are no mouths at the center of the mouth-arm disk. Very numerous fine waving tentacles fringe the mouths. There are four small, deep, oval, interradial, subgenital pits, and four separate invaginated genital sacs. The central stomach is cruciform ; the four sac-like gonads some- what encroaching upon it at the interradial sides. The axial ducts of the eight oral arms open into the central stomach at the four principal radii. Also arising from the central stomach are twice as many radial vessels as there are marginal sense organs; every other vessel extends to a sense organ, the remainder going to intermediate parts of the rim. All of these vessels communicate with one another by means of anas- tomosing branches, but this species lacks a well-defined circular vessel, such as is found in Cassiopea ornata. References : Cassiopea xamachana H. B. Bigelow, Zoolog. Anz. Bd. 15, p. 212, 1892 ; Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, vol. 11, p. 17, p. 84, 1892 ; Jrn. Inst. Jamaica, vol. I, p. 301, 1 pi., 1893 ; Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. V, no. 6, p. 191, figs. A to L, pis. 31-38, 66 figs., 1900. — Perkins, Yearbook, Carnegie Inst. Washington, No. 4, p. 118, 1904 ; Publ. 102, Carnegie Inst. Wash., p. 150, pi. 4, 1908. — Mayer, A. G., Yrbk., Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 4, p. 117, 1906; Publ., Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 47, pp. 1-62,1906 (discusses rhythmical pulsation) ; Yrbk., Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 6, p. 121, 1907 ; ibid, no. 7, p. 123, 1908. — Maas, Scyphomedusen der Siboga Exped., Mon. 11, p. 40, 1903. — Stockard, Yrbk., Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 6, p. 119, 1907 (discusses regeneration) ; ibid, no. 7, p. 130, 1908 ; Papers Tortugas Labr. Carnegie Inst. Wash., vol. 2, p. 61, figs. 1-29, 1909 ; Journ. Exper. Zool., vol. 6, p. 433, 8 figs., 1909. — Zeleny, C, Jrn. Exper. Zool., vol. 5, p. 265, 4 text figs., 1907 (discusses regeneration). — Dahlgren and Kepner, Text Book of Principles of Animal Histology, p. 88, fig. 85, 1908 (dis- cusses histology of the muscles). — Mayer, A. G., Papers Tortugas Labr. Carnegie Inst, of Washington, Publ. 102, p. 113, 1908 (dis- cusses cause of rhythmical pulsation) ; Popular Science Monthly, vol. 73, pp. 481-87, 4 figs., 1908; Kept. Seventh International Zool. Congress, 4 pp. — Harvey, Yrbk., Carnegie Inst. Wash., no. 8, p. 120, 1909. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 8. Cassiopea frondosa (Pallas), about one-half of natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and " Ara," 1921-28 45 Cassiopea frondosa Fewkes, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XI, p. 254, pi. 1, figs. 7-19, pi. 2, figs. 1-2, pi. 3, figs. 1-3, 9, 10, 1882 ; ibid, vol. 10, p. 80, pi. 1, fig. 16, 1883. Cassiopea frondosa (Pallas). Plate 8. Type: Pallas described the species in 1774 from the Caribbean Archipelago. The depository of his type is not given, but probably was the Leyden Museum. Distribution: Found throughout the "West Indian region and Florida Reefs. It lives on sandy bottom in sheltered places, in pref- erence to weedy bottom, and prefers purer water than does C. xama- chana. In Jamaica frondosa has been found on the muddy bottom of protected lagoons, especially those surrounded by mangroves near the entrance to Kingston Harbor, Jamaica. Material examined: One specimen taken on the south coast of Cuba, February 19, 1923; field no. 97, lot E. Color: In life this jellyfish is amber-yellow with a greenish tinge, with a series of white spots near the margin. There is a large, bean- shaped white spot above each marginal lappet and above this an irregular line of three to five small white spots between each pair of marginal sense organs, A more or less definite axial white line extends through the length of each mouth-arm. The arrangement and number of the white spots is quite variable. The frilled mouths are cinnamon color. Habits : C. frondosa lives in fairly pure water in sheltered places where it lies for long periods on the bottom with the oral surface and mouth-arms uppermost, slowly contracting its disk in sluggish rhythm. This serves not only to maintain the disk on the bottom but also to create a water current over the mouth-arms. The habits and physiology of this species have been reported by Dr. Bigelow (1893). Technical description: C. frondosa is easily distinguished from C. xamachana by the fact that frondosa has regularly twelve marginal sense organs, while xamachana has normally sixteen, but these vary from seventeen to twenty-three. C. frondosa has no ocelli on the rhopalia and no median concavity on the exumbrella. It is amber color with white spots. Disk diameter 110 to 260 mm., flattish with rounded edges; no median sucker concavity on the exumbrella. The 46 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV number of rhopalia is regularly twelve; four perradial and eight adradial. There are no ocelli. There are five subrectangular, nearly straight marginal lappets between each pair of sense organs; the two lappets adjacent to the rhopalia are only half as wide as the other lappets. The mouth-arm disk arises from the center of the umbrella and is usually about three-fourths as long as the umbrella radius, but sometimes a specimen is taken in which the arms are much longer, approximating those of C. xamachana; in frondosa the arms bifurcate distally, giving rise to numerous short, pinnate branches from the oral side. The many frilled mouths are found only on the lower or oral side of the arms, the upper sides of the arms being smooth. There is no central mouth-opening in the adult, but Louis Agassiz discovered that the ephyra stage of frondosa does have a central mouth aperture. There are 30 to 40 small, flat, leaf-like, expanded vesicles expanded between the mouths. There are four small, round, subgenital pits placed interradially. There are four separate, invagi- nated genital sacs which project into the stomach cavity. The axial ducts of the eight oral arms open into the central stomach and 24 radial canals extend from the stomach into the subumbrella, 12 pass- ing to the rhopalia, and 12 are intermediate in position; all 24 com- municate with one another by means of numerous anastomosing branches. References: Medusa frondosa Pallas, Spicilegia Zoolog. fasc. 10, pp. 29, 30, pi. 2, figs. 1 to 3, 1774.— Gmelin, in Linne, Syst. Nat. t. I, pt. 6, p. 3157, 1788.— Bosc, Hist Nat. d. Vers, t. 2, p. 170, 1802. Cassiopea frondosa Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert, tome II, p. 512, 1816. — Eschscholtz, Syst. der Acalephen, p. 43, 1829. — Tilesius, Acad. Caes. Leop. Nova Acta, torn. 15, pp. 263, 278, tab. 72, figs. 1-5, 1834.— Lesson, Zooph. Acaleph., p. 405, 1843.— H. Milne Edwards, in Cuvier's Regne Anim. Zooph., pi. 51, fig. 3, 1849. — Perkins, Yearbook, Carnegie Inst. Washington, no. 4, p. 115, 1906 ; Bull. 102, Carnegie Inst. Washington, p. 152, pi. 4, 1908. Cassiopea pallasii Peron and Lesueur, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, tome 14, p. 357, no. 85, 1808. Polyclonia frondosa L. Agassiz, Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. Ill, pis. 13, 13a, 1860 ; ibid, vol. IV, p. 139, p. 152, pi. 4, 1862.— A. Agassiz, N. Amer. Acaleph., p. 41, 1865 ; Nature, vol. 24, p. 509, Bulletin, Yaxdlrbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 9. Cotylorhiza tuberculoid (Maori), about one-half of natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 47 1881.— Archer, H'., ibid, p. 307.— Haeckel, Syst. der Medusen, p. 568, 1880; Report Voy. "Challenger," ZooL, vol. 4, p. 118, 1881. — Vanhoffen, Bibliotheca Zoologica, Bd. I, Heft, 3, p. 40, 1888. — Bigelow, R. P., Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. 2, no. 106, p. 106, 1893. — Perkins, Yearbook, Carnegie Inst. Washington, no. 4, p. 15, 1906 ; Publ. 102, Carnegie Inst. Washington, p. 152, 1908.— Mayer, A. G., Medusae of the World, vol. Ill, p. 647, pi. 69, figs. 1-3, pi. 72, upper three figs., color plate, 1910. Rhizostommata Dichtoma Vanhoffen. Genus : COTYLORHIZA L. Agassiz. Cotylorhiza tuberculata (Macri). Plate 9. Type : Collected in the Mediterranean Sea ; depository not traced. Distribution: This species is found chiefly in the Mediterranean Sea, but has also been found in the Atlantic Ocean near the Canary Islands. There is one valid record of its occurrence in the Red Sea, where it is believed to have been introduced via the Suez Canal. Pelagic. This species varies considerably in abundance, sometimes being very rare, especially so in midwinter. It is believed by Keller to be a deep water species which only comes to the surface occasionally when sexually mature and that the young remain at the bottom of the sea. Material examined: One very large specimen, Monaco Harbor, 1927. Color : The bell is rich olive tending to orange or brownish yellow, being darker brown on the dome-like apex of the exumbrella. Both the exumbrella and subumbrella show a rich yellow color due to the presence of multitudes of yellow and brown plant cells (Zoochlorellae) which are present in the canal system and entoderm. The mouth-arms and disk are milky white tinged with creamy yellow; the free outer margins of the mouths are purple varying to violet or deep blue as are also the terminal parts of the milky white appendages. (See also Mayer's color plate.). Life history : Much careful study has been made of the life history of this species by Busch, Frantzius, Gegenbaur, Kowalevsky, Claus, Goetle, du Plessis, Hein, Mayer and others. Technical description : Consult Mayer, 1910, vol. Ill, p. 659, for an excellent modern description of this species. 48 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV The "Ara" specimen is an unusually fine one, measuring 190 mm. diameter. References: Medusa tuberculata Macri, G., Osservazioni Int. Pol- mone Marino, p. 20, 1778. Cotylorhiza tuberculata Agassiz, L., Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. IV, p. 158, 1864.— Mayer, A. G., Medusae of the World, Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst, of Washington, vol. Ill, p. 659, pi. 73, fig. 2, color plate, and text figs., 1910, (with critical diagnosis and full synonymy). Rhizostommata Scapulata Genus : STOMOLOPHUS L. Agassiz. Stomolophus meleagris L. Agassiz. Plate 10. Type: Louis Agassiz states that he first observed myriads of this species in April, stranded upon the sand on the beach of Warsaw Island, below Savannah, Georgia; all of these were partially decom- posed. Years later a specimen in similar condition was given him from the harbor, Charleston, S. C. Depository not stated. Distribution: Pelagic in pure ocean water off the coast of the southeastern United States, from the lower Chesapeake Bay southward to the Tortugas, Florida; it is abundant in the Gulf of Mexico, and also occurs along the northern coast of South America. Recorded as 8. chunii Vanhoffen from the Bay of Panama. Material examined: Eleven, collected off Miami Beach, Florida, by the "Ara." Color: The bell is milky bluish or yellowish and the entodermal parts are yellow; the outer surface of the exumbrella is reticulated with brown which becomes a rather dense band near the margin, marked with many white or yellowish spots. The mouth frills are brownish pink. Technical description : Bell diameter 175 to 200 mm. axial diam- eter; hemiovoid, gelatinous substance thick and rigid, semi-opaque, marginal tentacles absent ; eight rhopalia, four being radial and four interradial in position. Each rhopalium is deep-set in a niche between the ocular lappets and is also shielded above by a partial web between the lappets. The sense club is spindle-shaped, hollow, terminating in a knob-like end. Just above the base of each sense club there is a deep Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 10. .■■■:■■:■:■ : 0::.°:? > ° .■. '.•.•->V)T-'P.-'-"1^-f" Stomolophus nifleagris L. Agassiz, about three-fourths of natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Am," 1921-28 49 three-sided, furrowed pit projecting inward from the surface of the exumbrella. There are about sixteen marginal lappets between each pair of rhopalia, the velar lappets having rounded margins, while the ocular lappets are longer and sharp pointed. The manubrium is thick, rigid, extending 30 to 50 mm. below the bell, composed of the laterally coalesced eight radial arms, which are free only at the distal end, these free ends bifurcating and flaring outward at the lower end of the manubrium. Each of the eight arms has a deep groove on its lower side; this groove branches twice and extends over the free ends of the arms. The free edges of this branch- ing groove are in turn much branched and folded and possess a row of many small, knobbed tentacles, constantly in motion to drive food particles into the mouth-groove. There are sixteen blade-shaped scapulets attached to the upper part of and occupying more than half the length of the manubrium. These bear many slit-like lateral mouths, the free edges of which are much crenulated and furnished with small tentacles of the same type found in the free margin of the central mouth. The eight principal mouth-grooves of the manubrium lead into a four-cornered central aesophagus, which opens into the wide, lenticular stomach, situated in the middle of the umbrella. There are sixteen branches, four from each side of the aesophagus, that extend outward to the slit-like mouths of the scapulets. From the stomach sixteen radial canals extend outward, the outer half of each canal branching many times and terminating in fine anastomos- ing branchlets which establish communication among all the radial canals. There is no ring canal present. The gonads are located in the four folded regions of the wall of the subumbrella at the base of the deep, cylindrical subgenital pits. Both the circular muscle areas and the radial muscle areas are well developed. References: Cephea rhizostoma Gibbes, Fauna of South Carolina, p. xxiii, 1847. Published as an appendix to Rept. Geology of South Carolina, by M. Tourney, state geologist, Columbia, S. C. Stomolophus meleagris Agassiz, L., Contrib. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. Ill, pi. 14, figs. 1-8, 1860 ; ibid, vol. IV, pp. 138, 151, 1862.— Agassiz, A., N. American Acalephae, p. 40, 1865. — Mayer, A. G., Medusae of the World, vol. Ill, p. 710, pis. 75, 76, figs. 1-3, 1910 ; Publ. 109, Carnegie Inst, of "Washington. 50 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Order: ALCYONACEA. Family: ALCYONIDAE. Genus : ALCYONIUM Linne. Alcyonium palmatum Pallas. Plate 11. Type: Pallas' type came from the Mediterranean Sea and was deposited either in the Leyden or the Belgian Museum ; probably the former. Distribution : Littoral in the Mediterranean Sea. Material examined .- One colony, dredged in 35 f ms. of water, five miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, Mediterranean Sea, July, 1927. Two specimens, dredged in 35 fms., five miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, Mediterranean Sea, July 21, 1927. One of these colonies is attached at the base to a specimen of the gastropod shell, Chenopus pespelicanus Linne. One small specimen, Cape Spar- tivento, Sardinia, depth 325 fms., 1927. Color : In life the color of this species is variable, being translucent light yellow or rose-red; the skeleton of the "fingers" being composed of loose calcareous spicules, the fingers being thus capable of swelling up by the absorption of large quantities of water. Technical description: A very thorough analysis of this species with diagnostic figures is to be found in G. von Koch's article, "Die Alcyonacea des Golfes von Neapel" (Mitth. Zool. Neapel, vol. IX, p. 663, figs. 14, 15, 16, 1891). J. A. Thompson considers A. acaule Marion to be a variety of palmatum and gives an exquisite color figured of acaule. (Monaco, Fasc. LXXIII, p. 10, color plate II, fig. 16, 1927.) There is a very fine photographic illustration of a living colony of A. palmatum given in Dr. A. J. Barreiro's article on Coelenterates, (Historia Natural Zoologica, t. II, p. 421, 1926, Barcelona). References: Alcyonium palmatum Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, etc., p. 349, 1766 (with list of pre-Linnaean references). — Koch, G. von, Mitth. Zool. Station Neapel, vol. IX, p. 663, text figs. 14, 15, 16, 1891. — Kukenthal, Jena Zeitschr. Naturw., vol. XLII, p. 61, 1 pi., 12 figs., 1906. (Compares A. palmatum and A. brio- nense n. sp.) — Thomson, J. A., Res. Campag. Sci. Monaco Fasc. LXXIII, Alcyonaires, p. 10, pi. II, fig. 16, color plate, of variety acaule Marion, 1927. Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 11. Alcyonium palmatum Pallas, natural size of retracted specimen. Bulletin, Yaxdekbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 12. Cordllium vanderbilti Boone, holotype, x 1.C7. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 13. Corallium vandcrbiUi Boone, holotype, x 2. Bulletin, Vandekbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 14. KpOo I? COO'J "0> oo d$ no" o3, IP t B Corallium vanderiilti Boone, section of holotype x 5. greatly magnified. B, several spicules Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and " Ara," 1921-28 51 Order: PSEUDAXONIA. Family: CORALLIIDAE. Genus : CORALLIUM Gray. Corallium vanderbilti, new species. Plates 12, 13 and 14. Type: One four-branched colony, dredged near Casilda, south coast of Cuba, in over 100 fms. of water, by the "Ara," February 15, 1924. Distribution: Known only from the type locality. Color: After eight years' preservation in spirit the specimen re- mains a vivid spectrum red with bright yellow suboval spots around and including the calicles. Technical, description: Colony four-branched, of the shape fig- ured, measures 87 mm. high. The base is in the form of a hollow disc, 17 mm. long diameter; the trunk of the larger branch is 5 mm. diameter just above the base. The branches are tortuous and show no indication of lateral compression and diminish gradually in thickness towards their tips. The shortest branch arising from the basal disc has a young branch budding out from its side near the tip. This younger portion is crystalline with a few red spicules formed inside the crystalline substance and shining through it like a fine network. The minute calicles are present represented as small projections on the surface with minute apertures and outlined by the above men- tioned network of red spicules. The total length of this young crys- talline branch is about 3.7 mm. The axis of the red branch is hard, solid, almost cylindrical in cross- section of the wider branches, oval in cross-section near the tips; composed of closely fused, spindle-shaped spicules set at various longi- tudinal and oblique positions. The red surface is smooth, glistening, to the naked eye, but under high magnification it shows very fine indefinite markings. The coenchyma is thin, bright red, full of closely crowded small spicules, having the appearance of glistening sand grains. The verrucae are bright chrome yellow, of the same glistening appearance as the adjacent crimson surface, and present a striking contrast to it. They are prominent, nearly cylindrical, about 1 to 1.5 mm. high (preserved specimen), with the summit rounded and divided by eight convergent segments. When the tentacles are 52 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV retracted the verrucae present the appearance of an eight-rayed circle, somewhat drawn inward or puckered at the center. The ver- rucae occur irregularly as shown in the photograph. On the basal portion of the colony the calicles are not elevated above the surface of the branches, but farther along the branches they form distinct verrucae. The zooids are entirely retractile within the calicle, which is lined without and within with the chrome yellow spindle-shaped spicules and closed by eight rather inconspicuous convergent seg- ments. The tentacles are short, fleshy, about 0.5 mm. to 1 mm. long, original color lost, and are closely covered by small spicules. The spicules composing the axis and verrucae are of the kinds fig- ured. The most abundant is the long, spindle-shaped type covered with rounded, granular protuberances. These spicules measure: 0.5 mm. to 0.6 mm. long; 0.1 mm. to 1.5 mm. greatest width. Much smaller granular spicules are found in the coenchyma. Name: I take pleasure in dedicating this species to the collector, Mr. William K. Vanderbilt. Corallium vanderoilti is apparently the first precious coral to be described from West Indian waters, and is therefore of unusual interest. Record of a single species of this genus from off the Irish coast constitutes the only other record of the genus in the Atlantic, it being known chiefly from the Mediterranean Sea, Indo-Pacific and Japanese waters. Family: PLEXAURIIDAE. Genus: PLEXAUBA Lamouroux. Plexaura fusca (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Name : Sea- Whip. Type: The localities cited for the species in the original descrip- tion are Guadeloupe, St. Thomas, St. Croix, W. I. Depository: Museum d'histoire naturella de Turin. Distribution: Littoral. The Florida Reefs, Bermudas and the West Indies. Material examined : One very large specimen from the south coast of Cuba, February 15, 1924, by the "Ara." Color: In life the rods are light yellow or brown. The polyps are very numerous, placed so closely together that their expanded tentacles overlap. The tentacles and disk are dull yellowish or brown- ish. When dried the coenchyma becomes very pale yellow or purplish Bulletin, Vanderbilt Makixk Mrsiawi, Vol. IV Plate 16. Stenogorgia casta Verrill, colony reduced about one-third. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 53 gray or nearly white, due to the large, fusiform, white spicules, but near the axis the interior of the coenchyma is usually purple, due to the internal, fusiform purple spicules. Technical description : Colony three to five feet in height, basal trunk 1.5 to 2 inches diameter; it is repeatedly forked, the branchlets long, slender, slightly tapered, round. The calicles are of unequal sizes, rather large, round or oval, with the margins very little or not at all raised. The calicles are usually placed close together. References: Eunicea fusca Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Acad. Sci. Torina, serie 2, t. XIX, p. 301, pi. 3, figs. 5, 6, 1861. Pseudoplexaura crassa Verrill, A. E., Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. XII, p. 307, pis. 33, 34A, fig. 3, 1907.— Chester, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci., vol. 48, p. 737, 1913. Plexaura fusca Kunze, G., Zool. Jahrb. suppl. 11, p. 509, 1916. — Moser, Zool. Anz., vol. 53, p. 114, 1921. — Kukenthal, Das Tier- rich, Lief. 47, p. 112, 1924. Family: GORGONIDAE. Genus : STENOGORGIA Verrill Stenogorgia casta Verrill. Plates 15 and 16. Type: Taken by the "Blake" at station 318, Lat. N. 31° 48' 50", Long. W. 77° 51' 50", in 337 fms. Distribution: Known only from the type locality and the "Ara" specimen, which is many times larger than the type. Material examined : One colony, taken in 150 fms., in the dredge, seven miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926, by the "Ara." Color : Unknown. Preserved specimen a rich old ivory, nearly buff. Technical descrdption: Colony 20 cm. high, 5 cm. of which is the basal trunk ; the basal extremity is broken off ; the trunk branches dichotomously less than an inch from the base; the branches fork irregularly, unequally and sometimes pinnately; the branches and branchlets curve outward and upward nearly in one plane. They are of much the same size, the terminal branches often being the largest and supporting more calicles. The axis is almost round, brownish in the larger branches ; pale yellowish in the smaller ones. The calicles 54 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV are in approximately two rows on opposite sides of the branch, but the calicles in a given row alternately space one a little forward, the next a little backward, thus making a maximum use of the space in expansion. Likewise the calicles on the opposite side alternate. On the smaller branches the bases of the calicles of opposite rows are in contact but on the larger branches they are separated. The calicles are more dilated basally, a little narrowed at the summit, and closed by eight convergent segments. The summit of the calicle is sur- rounded by eight to twelve spicules, the tips of which form a thorn- like ring around the summit. The spicules of the coenchyma and calicles are of three general types, as shown in Plate 15. There are numerous large, spindle- shaped spicules, especially on the coenchyma. These spicules are widest in the median region and are tapered toward both ends and are cov- ered with small, nodular protruberances. They measure: 1.9 mm. long, 0.5 mm. median width; 1.7 mm. long, 0.4 mm. median width; 2 mm. long, 0.6 mm. median width. This type of spicule is most abundant on the surface of the branches which has fewest calicles. There are also many such spicules on the tips of some of the outermost branches; on one or two such branches these large spicules cover almost the entire surface, to the exclusion of the other types of spicules. A second type of spicule is long, slender, fusiform, tapered at each end and also covered with nodular protruberances, but this type of spicule is uniformly smaller than the preceding type and much less dilated in the middle. It measures 1.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. median width; 1.1 mm. long, 0.15 mm. wide. The third and most abundant type of spicule is elongated but stout and blunt at both ends; these stout spicules are also covered with nodular protruber- ances. They measure: 1.2 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide; 1 mm. long, 0.45 mm. wide; 0.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide. The spicules of the tentacles are also of three types, slender, elongated, bent, tapered toward both ends, with thickly nodulated surfaces ; or thicker spicules, blunted at both ends and nodulated ; and flattish oblong spicules, with few granules on their surfaces. References: Stenogorgia casta Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XI, p. 30, pi. 2, figs. 1, la, b, 1883. — Bielschowsky, E., Zool. Jahrb. Heft 1, p. 188, 1929, Jena. EH c > p w P 5 •a) En pa K w c < W J P C5 a> o o o 03 S3 s e s- o o ft? Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 55 Genus : KHIPIDOGORGIA Valenciennes. Rhipidogorgia flabellum (Linne). Plate 17, text figure 1. Name : Royal Sea-Fan. Type: Linnaeus simply states "Habitat in Oceano omni." The depository is not stated. Distribution : A reef-dwelling species found throughout the West Indian region from southern Florida to the shores of northern Brazil. Material examined: Several specimens from Nassau, Bahamas. Several from Port Tanamo, Cuba. Description: Because of its great beauty this species was one of the first to be carried to Europe by the returning explorers. It was Text fig. 1. — A. Spicules of Ehipidogorgia flabellum (Linn6), greatly enlarged. B. An enlarged section of the fan. (B, after Agassiz.) treasured in the cabinets of the kings and queens of Spain, France and England. Queen Elizabeth had a fan made of one. Hans Sloane records that it was used in earlier colonial times by the wealthier planters to provide coolness and to keep away the flies and ' ' Merrywings " (mosquitoes). Color: In life the network forming the fan is a rich, dark wine- purple not infrequently marked with bright yellow. Sometimes this bright yellow is the predominating color, or even the entire fan is 56 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV bright yellow. When expanded the polyps are decidedly projected, small, and delicate, translucent, flower-like. Discussion : This is the large sea-fan found abundantly in the West Indian region and is readily distinguished in the field by its coloration and fan-like shape. On the outer reefs in three to eight fathoms of water, it frequently attains a height of six or seven feet and width of five to six feet. The shape of the fan is largely controlled by environment, sometimes being long and narrow, sometimes round or widely oval. Not infrequently smaller fans develop at different angles from the larger ones; sometimes two or three fans develop from the same base. Specific identification of this fan is dependent upon the spicules found embedded in the coenchyma, which have the characteristic shapes shown in figure 1. The network of the fan is closely reticu- lated, the calicles arranged as shown. References: Gorgonia flabellum Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1293, 1767, (with early references) ; Esper. Pflanz, vol. II, pis. 2, 3A, 1794. — Dana, J. D., Zooph., 1846; also the majority of other writers up to 1857. — Kolliker, Icones Histiol., vol. II, 1865. — Verrill, Amer. Jrn. Sci., vol. XL VIII, p. 424, 1869, (designates G. flabellum the type of the most restricted genus of Gorgonia) ; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. X, p. 568 ; ibid, vol. XII, p. 297, text fig. 142, pi. 33c, fig. 1, pi. 36, fig. 1, 1904-1907.— Hargitt and Rogers, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., vol. XX, pt. 2, p. 287, pi. 3, 1901. Ehipidogorgia flabellum Bielschowsky, Zool. Jahrb. suppl. 16, Heft. 1, p. 194, 1929, (with full synonymy). Genus : PTEEOGORGIA Ehrenberg. Pterogorgia acerosa forma typica Bielschowsky. Plate 18, text figure 2. Name: Royal Sea-Plume. Type: Pallas gives as type locality: "Seas of America and the Mediterranean." The depository of his type is believed to be either Leyden or the Belgian Museum. Distribution: Littoral in 3 to 10 fms., on the reefs, throughout the West Indian region. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 18. Pterogorgia acerosa (Linne), greatly reduced. Bulletin, Vandekbilt Makine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 19. Ptilosarcus gurneyi (Gray), reduced two-fifths. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 57 Material examined : Two large specimens from Nassau, Bahamas, collected by the "Ara." Color: Variable. Light purple or purplish red, light yellow or straw color, more rarely a white specimen is found. Discussion: Well-grown specimens of this sea-plume attain a height of three and one-half to five and one-half feet, with a strong elastic central stem and a great many long, slender, flexible, pinnate branches, which are usually pendulous in the form of a loose plume. Not infrequently large specimens consist of several such plumes, aris- ing from a common base. The axis in the central trunk and main Test fig. 2. — Pterogorgia acerosa typica Bielschowsky, spicules greatly enlarged. branches is large, black, tough, horn-like, frequently much flattened while in the terminal branchlets it becomes capillary or setiform, translucent amber color. The spicules, which are the final diagnostic character of the species, are embedded in the coenchyma and have the shape shown in the figure. References: Gorgonia acerosa Pallas, Elench. Zooph, p. 172, 1766, (with early synonymy). Pterogorgia acerosa forma typica Bielschowsky, Eva, Zool. Suppl. 16, Heft. I, p. 209, fig. 32, 1929, (with detailed diagnosis and full synonymy). Order: Pennatulacea. Family: PENNATULIDAE. Genus: PTILOSARCUS Gray. Ptilosarcus gurneyi (Gray). Plate 19. Type: Gray's type was from Monterey, California, and is depos- ited in the British Museum. 58 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Distribution: Previously known from Prince William Sound, Alaska, southward to Monterey, California. The "Pawnee," 1928, established the first record of the species in the Gulf of California: Angeles Bay. The "Ara" specimen from Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, is the southernmost record for the species on the west coast. Material Examined : One specimen, taken in seine, Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928. Color: The stalk is orange to red, the pinnules are semi-trans- parent hibiscus red. Preserved specimens are usually faded to a deli- cate ivory. Technical description: The stalk is swollen, bulbous, from one- third to one-half the length of the entire organism, its diameter vary- ing from one-eighth to one-third the length of the stalk, the narrowest width being at the base and the greatest width a short distance below the beginning of the pinnae. The central rachis supporting the pinnae is subcylindrical on the back, the proximal three-fifths of its width being about the same width; the distal two-fifths tapering to a blunt point. The siphonozooids are small, papilliform, and form two broad rows, separated by a muscle-like line on the back of the rachis. Each of these broad rows is made up in width of three to five siphonozooids, close-set but irregularly placed. The pinnae are nearly semicircular, broadly rounded, with a wide base, the posterior edge extending beyond the basal attachment as a rounded lobe ; the edge is thickened and bears four rows of polyps. Each calicle is set with two spiniform spicules. The sides of the pinnae are smooth; the basal five or six pairs of pinnae are small, gradually increasing in size, and the distal twelve or fifteen pairs of pinnae successively decrease in size, con- forming to the tapered extremity of the pen. In life these pinnae are much more expanded and separated than they appear in the accompanying photograph. The tiny polyps appear to have eight primary tentacles each. The above notes are based on a preserved specimen. References : Sarcoptilus (Ptilosarcus) gurneyi Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 23, pi. 3, fig. 2, 1860. Ptilosarcus gurneyi Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst., Salem, Mass., vol. 4, p. 183, 1865; Proc. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, pt. 2, p. 382, 1868. — Kolliker, Anat. Syst. d. Alcyon. Pennat., p. 146, pi. 9, fig. 79, 1869. — Verrill, A. E., Alcyonaria, Canadian Arctic Exped., 1913-1918, vol. 8, part G, p. 11, pi. 12, figs. 1 and 2, 1922. Bulletix, Vanderbtlt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 20. Pavonaria californica Moroff, A, section of raehis showing retracted polyps; B, section of raehis, shown from a different angle, showing retracted and extended polyps, also the supporting cluster of spines. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 59 Moroff (1902)* and Nutting (1909)** respectively describe this sea-pen as Ptilosarcus quadrangularis, new species, based on material from the southern California coast. Their descriptions, while excellent and in far greater detail than Gray's (1860), ignore the fact that his type came from Monterey, California, and give no characters differentiating quadrangularis from the older gurneyi. Verrill (1865 and 1918) uses Gray's name for the New England and Arctic Canadian specimens that came under his observation. Should the Arctic and Tropic West American specimens prove distinct, as seems probable, Gray's name must be retained for the Monterey, California, species, with Moroff 's quadrangularis as synonym, and Verrill 's species would then be in need of a new name, in which event I designate the northern form Ptilosarcus verrilli. Family: PAVONARIIDAE. Genus : PAVONAEIA Kolliker, emended. Pavonaria californica Moroff. Plate 20. Type: Moroff 's type is in the Munchen Museum; the locality of the specimen is not indicated, except by implication in the species name. Distribution: This is a deep-water species found off the Pacific coast of America from California, at Pt. Loma, La Jolla and Pt. Pinos to off Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, in depths ranging from 100 to 1083 fms., and on the Asiatic Pacific coast from Bering Island, Siberia, southward to Benkei Mizaki Light, Japan, in 72 to 224 fms. Material examined: Eleven colonies, dredged in 100 fms., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928, by the "Ara." This record substantially extends the southern distribution of this species on the American side of the Pacific, and is the least depth in which it has been taken. Color: According to Dr. Nutting, the rachis is light yellow, the polyps reddish brown; the terminal bulb also reddish brown. He unfortunately neglects to state whether this information was obtained * Ptilosarcus quadrangularis Moroff, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst. Geol. u. Biol. Thiere 17, p. 385, 1902. ** Nutting, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 35, p. 689, pi. 84, figs. 4-10, pi. 85, figs. 1-11, pi. 91, figs. 1, 2, 1909. 60 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV as a field note from living specimens, or from preserved laboratory material. Technical description: Kukenthal (1913) gives the best descrip- tion of this species. The (t Ara" specimens consist of eleven separate colonies, all of which are somewhat broken by the dredge. The largest one is 165 mm. long with about 83 clusters of zooids on each side of the rachis. Each cluster occupies about 2 mm. of height on the rachis. The terminal bulb is about 15 mm. long, very little dilated. There are about nine long, acuminate spines support- ing each cluster of polyps, with two or three shorter spinules filling the space between each pair of spines. There are five to eight polyps to each cluster, each with numerous slender tentacles. Towards the base of the axis the zooids are smaller while distally they are much larger. References: Pavonaria calif arnica Moroff, Zool. Jahrb. Abteil. Syst, vol. 17, p. 393, 1903.— Kukenthal, W., ibid, vol. 35, p. 249, taf. 8, figs. 6 u. 7, 1913. — Hickson, Siboga Exped. Mon. 14, p. 136, 1916. Balticina pacifica Nutting, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 35, p. 704, pi. 87, figs. 1 and 2, 1909 ; ibid, vol. 43, p. 39, pi. 6, fig. 4, 1912. Balticina calif ornica Nutting, op. cit., p. 40, 1912. Order : ZOANTHARIA. Family: ZOANTHIDAE. Subfamily : Brachycneminae. Genus: ZOANTHUS Lamarck. Zoanthus pulchellus (Duchassaing and Michelotti). Plate 21. Type: Collected in the "West Indies and deposited in the Turin Museum. Distribution: Found throughout the West Indian region in shal- low water. Material examined: Four separate clusters dredged in Limon Bay, Panama, January 21, 1928, by the "Ara." Color: Column olive-green, sometimes bluish to pure turquoise; disk pale ochre-yellow with white flecks, sometimes green with paler radial lines. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 21. Zoanthus pulchellus (Duchassaing and Miehelotti) about natural size. BULLETIN, Y.VNDERBILT MARINE MUSEUM, VOL. IV Plate 22. Metridium dianihus (Ellis) about natural size. Boone, Coelenteraia, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara" 1921-28 61 Technical description : Consult Duerdon, ' ' Report on the Actinia of Porto Rico," p. 332, pi. 2, figs. 2, 3, pi. 4, fig. 14, 1900. The "Ara" specimens establish a new locality record in the "West Indies for this exceedingly beautiful anemone. References: Mamillifera pulchella Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem. Reale Acad. Sci. Turin, ser. II, torn. 23, p. 137, pi. IV, fig. 4, 1866. Zoanthus pulchellus Duerden, Royal Dublin Soc. Trans., ser. 2, vol. VI, p. 341, pi. VII A, fig. 3, pi. XVIII A, figs. 3-4, 1898; Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, vol. XX, part 2, p. 333, pi. 2, figs. 2-3, pi. 4, fig. 14, 1900, (with very fine description). ACTINARIA. Suborder: Actiniina. Family: SAGARTIDAE. Genus : METRIDIUM Oken. Metridium dianthus (Ellis). Plate 22. Type: Ellis' type came from the rocks at Hastings, Sussex, Eng- land, and was deposited in the collections of the Royal Society. Distribution: This actinian is essentially littoral, seldom being found in more than 25 fms., although there are a few records of its occurrence down to 90 fms. It is shade loving, preferring rock crev- ices, etc., along the shore line. It is circumpolar, being found in European waters southward to England and the Danish coasts. In America it is found on the eastern coast as far south as Long Island Sound and northern New Jersey, but occurs in greatest abundance from Cape Cod, Mass., northward to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It has been recorded from Port Clarence Bay, Alaska. On the American Pacific coast it has been recorded from Sitka; Bering Straits; Vic- toria, B. C. ; Puget Sound and San Francisco. Material examined: One large specimen, Bay of Islands, New- foundland, September 3, 1926 ; another, York Harbor, Newfoundland, September 12, 1923. Color : Quite variable. The east American species are usually dull yellowish brown, olivaceous, chestnut brown to umber, often splotched or streaked with lighter colors; occasionally it is pale buff, salmon, or flesh color, very rarely orange or brick red. The tentacles are 62 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV usually paler tones of the same color as the column. Occasionally cream color. Life history: Much careful study both on the sexual and asexual stages of this species has been done by a number of workers. Consult G. H. Parker, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 25, p. 43, 1899 ; ibid, vol. 30, p. 259, 1897 ; H. B. Torrey, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, vol. I, p. 345, 1898; C. W. Hahn, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. IV, p. 395, 1902; Jrn. Exper. Zool., vol. II, no. 2, p. 225, 1905, for studies on the sexual reproduction. Asexual reproduction may occur in several ways: by longitudinal fission; by budding near the base, less frequently else- where ; by breaking off fragments from the expanded basal disk, each fragment rapidly developing into a young actinian. This last is the most usual mode of reproduction. Diagnosis: This well-known "sea-apple" has been frequently described. A very good anatomical description is given by McMurrich (1901), in English, another by Carlgren (1893), in Swedish. McMur- rich (1910) gives a critical review of the synonymy of the species, and points out that M. senile (Linne) is the correct designation. Verrill (1922) contradicts this, resuming the generally accepted M. dianthus (Ellis), ignoring Pennant's proposed pentapetala (1766). References : Actinia dianthus Ellis, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc, vol. 47, p. 428, pi. 19, fig. 67, 1767.— Ellis and Solander, Hist. Zoophytes, p. 7, 1786. Metridium dianthus Oken, Lehrbuch der Naturg. Jena, vol. Ill, p. 450, 1816. — H. Milne Edwards and Haime, Corallines, vol. I, p. 253, 1857. — Carlgren, O., Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps Akad. Handling. Bd. 25, no. 10, p. 102, 1893, (excellent anatomic description and extensive synonymy, especially of the European writers). — McMurrich, J. P., Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., vol. XIV, no. 1, p. 3, pi. 1, figs. 1-5, 1901, (anatomic dissection). — Verrill, A. E., Canadian Arctic Exped., vol. VIII, part G, Actinia, p. 90, 1922, (Arctic American records). Actinoloba dianthus Gosse, Actinologia Brit., p. 12, pi. 1, fig. 1, 1860. — Andres, Attinie. Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel, vol. IX, p. 133, fig. 15, 1883, (with full synonymy). Metridium marginatum Lesueur, H. Milne Edwards, op. cit., p. 234, 1857. — Verrill, A. E., Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. I, pp. 22-24, 1864.— G. H. Parker, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 25, pp. 43, 53, 1899; ibid, vol. XXX, pp. 259-274 and plate, 1897. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Maklxi: Mtskum, Vol. IV Plate 23. Actinauge rugosa Verrill, about natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 63 Metridium fimbriatum Verrill, Proc. Essex Inst., vol. IV, p. 150, 1865. Metridium senile McMurrich, Proc. and Trans. Royal Soc. Canada, vol. IV, ser. 3, sect. 4, p. 60, 1910, (discusses the early synonymy of this species). Genus: ACTINAUGE Verrill. Actinauge rugosa Verrill. Plate 23. Type: When he described this species, Prof. Verrill had an exten- sive series of material from various localities, from Cape Cod to Hudson Bay, and ranging from shallow water to 430 fms., but he failed to designate a type or its depository. Distribution: Known from off Georges' Bank, 430 fms., where it was first collected by the "Bache," also from Casco Bay, 95 fms., and the Gulf of St. Lawrence; also taken at Grand Banks and other fishing banks by Gloucester fishermen; and by the U. S. Fish Com- mission off Cape Cod, 50 to 90 fms. ; in the Gulf of Maine, Massa- chusetts Bay and Bay of Pundy in 50 to 110 fms. Specimens in the Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa, establish the most northern rec- ord for this species, Richmond Gulf, near the entrance, east side of Hudson Bay, in 12 to 25 fms. The "Ara" specimens from the Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 180 fms., add another deep-water record for the species. Material examined : Twelve specimens, dredged in 180 fms., Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, September 3, 1926, by the "Ara." Five larger specimens from the same locality, three attached to Crassidro- mus lineatus; one attached to Cardium alatum (Fabr.) ; one attached to Chenopus occidentalis (Beck). Color: In life this anemone has the column with an outer dark brown coating, beneath which the column below the capitulum is flesh color or pale red, while the capitulum is brighter red and the tentacles vary from dull salmon color, or light to dark brown, occa- sionally to deep mahogany. Life history: Unknown. Technical description: The "Ara" specimens are one to two inches high and about three-fourths to one inch in diameter. The column is firm, thick-walled, nearly cylindrical with the base expanded; with the thick stout cortex below the rather tough brown 64 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV epidermis. The capitulum is defined by a circumferal row of 12 to 15 larger, conspicuous, bluntly rounded or nearly conical tubercles; below this row, the columnar surface, except near the base, is cov- ered with scattered tubercles, unevenly spaced, of different sizes ; the columnar surface between these tubercles is strongly wrinkled in both directions, in contraction. The capitulum is capable of being com- pletely retracted and infolded together with the contracted tentacles. The capitulum has a softer integument than the lower portion of the column and is entirely covered by conspicuous folds or crests, with the thicker, lower, aboral edge verrucose, or irregularly crenu- lated, each extends to a tentacle becoming smooth and thin near the margin. Tentacles are in five cycles ; 84 to 96 in number, of mod- erate length, stout, bluntish; those forming the inner cycle are the larger, the remainder, of moderate size. The lip lobes and the two siphonoglyphs are thick and large. The stomodaeum is large with strong, longitudinal folds. The mesenteries are in four cycles of six each. Those of the primary cycle are nearly perfect; the secondaries almost reach the stomodeal wall; the tertiaries are small; the fourth cycle even smaller. Acontia are very scarce. References: Urticina nodosa (Fabricius), Veerill, Amer. Jrn. Sci., vol. VI, p. 440 ; ibid, vol. VII, p. 413, pi. 7, fig. 7, 1874, (not Fabricius' species) ; Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1873, p. 349, 1874. — Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. Ill, p. 11, p. 54, 1874. Actinauge rugosa Verrill, Kept. Canadian Arctic Exped., vol. VIII, part G, p. 95G, pi. 19, figs. 3 and 4, pi. 24, fig. 2, pi. 27, fig. 1, text fig. 14, 1922. Family: BOLOCERIDAE. Genus: BOLOCERA Gosse. Bolocera longicornis Carlgren. Plate 24. Type: Collected on the west coast of Sweden; depository not stated, but it is very probably the Stockholm Zoological Museum. Distribution : This species is widely distributed in the deep water region of the North Atlantic, on both European and American coasts. Carlgren recorded it from off the Scandinavian coasts in 40 to 80 fms. It has also been taken in the deep water off Ireland. It has been frequently reported in abundance from the east American coast, from the fishing banks off Nova Scotia southward to Cape Fear, North Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 24. Bolocera longicornis Carlgren, about natural size. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 65 Carolina. Bathymetric occurrence : 37 to 1106 fms., but not abundant in less than 100 fms. This anemone prefers muddy bottom. Material examined: Five specimens, 200 fms., nine miles S. W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. Color: "Variable. The column is usually deep salmon, orange or orange-red, somewhat lighter in tone than the disk. The mouth is thickened and even brighter rose-red or orange than the disk, the color being accentuated at the siphonoglyphs. The tentacles are ordi- narily the same color as the disk, but this deeper tone is alternated with pale translucent longitudinal bands; the tips are usually pale. Verrill has described in detail several color variations of the species. Technical description: Consult Carlgren (1891). This species is closely related to Bolocera tuediae Johnston, but B. longicornis is said to have distinctly longer and more numerous tentacles than tuediae. B. longicornis is a large species. When expanded, it often has a diameter across the tentacles of six to eight inches, with tentacles two to three inches long and nearly a half inch thick. The column is often two to three inches in diameter and height and is smooth, lubricous, red or orange; the tentacles are very large, non-retractile and easily cast off, in which event they usually leave a round aperture in the disk. The tentacles each have a circular, basal muscle that contracts, closing the end of the tentacle when it breaks off from the disk. The tentacles are arranged in three to four submarginal rows, the inner ones much the larger. They are dilated basally and tapered to a blunt tip distally; longitudinal striations are conspicuous. The mouth is thickened, the sulcus of the siphonoglyph is large. The mesenteries are regularly hexamerous. There are no acontia or cinclidae. References: Bolocera tuediae Verrill (not Gosse), Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. V, pp. 5, 14, 1873 ; ibid, vol. VI, p. 440 ; ibid, vol. VII, pp. 413, 500, 1874; ibid, vol. XXIII, p. 315, 1882, (discusses dis- tribution) ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XI, p. 59, 1883; ibid, vol. XXIII, pp. 514, 535, 1885. — Whiteaves, Cat. Marine Invert, Fauna Eastern Canada, p. 41, 1901, (Publ. Geol. Surv. of Canada). Bolocera longicornis Carlgren, Ofversigt af Vetenskaps-Akad. For- handlingar, No. 8, pp. 241-250, 1891. — McMurrich, Proc. and Trans. Royal Soc. of Canada, vol. VI, sect. 4, p. 155, 1894. — Verrill, Rept. Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913-1918, vol. VIII, part G, p. 115 G, 1922. 66 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Family: PARACTIDAE. Genus: STOMPHIA Gosse. Stomphla carneola (Stimpson). Type: Stimpson 's type was a small specimen collected in 35 fms., on the Hake Ground, off the northeast shore of Grand Manaan, New Brunswick, and deposited in the Smithsonian Institute. Distribution : This species dwells in the tide-pools and seaweed clad rock ledges along the coast of eastern Canada and Newfoundland, southward to Cape Cod, Mass. It is also found in northern European waters, Scandinavia and Scotland. It is essentially a shallow-water species, having been found from the tide-line down to 35 fms. Material examined : One specimen, collected at Eastport, Maine, by the "Eagle." Color: In life this species varies in color a great deal; it is often bluish green mottled with crimson, often bright cherry-red with flesh-colored tentacles. It lives in the tide-pools and shallow water and is very active for an anemone. It will traverse a distance of two or three yards during a half day. Life history : Dr. Verrill states that this species discharges young of various sizes and probably eggs also. Technical description : In life this species may attain a diameter of two inches when expanded and a height of about the same, but usually it is scarcely half that size. It is frequently confused in the younger stages with Urticina crassicornis, but can best be distin- guished therefrom by making a transverse section of the animal. S. carneola has the sphincter muscle mesogloeal, while in crassicornis it is large, circumscribed, endodermal. S. carneola never has acontia or cinclidae, and has no small suckers, such as are usual in crassicornis. For complete description consult Carlgren (1892, in Swedish) or Verrill (1899, in English). References: Actinia carneola Stimpson, Smiths. Contrib. Knowl., vol. VI, art. 5, p. 7, 1853, (notes on young specimens one-half inch in diameter). Actinia obtruncata Stimpson, op. cit., p. 7 (littoral form). Bhodactinia davisii Agassiz, Compt. Rend., vol. XXV, p. 677, Nov., 1847; Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuvierienne, p. 394, 1847 (deep-sea form). — Verrill, A. E., Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. I, part 1, p. 18, pi. 1, fig. 9, 1864. Boone, Coelenterata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 67 Stomphia carneola Verrill, A. E., Amer. Jrn. Sci., 4th Ser., vol. VII, p. 206, figs. 24, 24a-d, 1899. (Good description.) — Whiteaves, Cat. Marine Invert. East. Canada, publ. Geol. Surv. Canada, p. 40, 1901. — Verrill, A. E., Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913-18, vol. VIII, part G, p. 118, pi. 30, fig. 1, 1922.— Carlgren (part), Kongl. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. XXV, 2, p. 138, 1892. fStomphia churchiae Gosse, Ann. Hist. Nat., ser. Ill, p. 48, 1859 ; Actinologi Brit., p. 22, pi. 8, fig. 5, 1860. — Andres, Attinie, Fauna u. Flora Golf von Neapel, IX, p. 369, 1883. — Carlgren, op. cit., p. 80, pi. I, VIII, IX, X, 1892, (anatomy and histology). CTENOPHORAE. Order: BEROIDA. Family: BEROIDAE. Genus: BEROE Browne. Beroe forskalii H. Milne Edwards. Type: H. Milne Edwards' type was collected at Nice and deposited in the Paris Museum. Distribution: This species is widely distributed in the tropic Atlantic and the tropic eastern Pacific, being known from Ellice Islands, Fiji, Hawaii, Malay Islands, the Maldives and several other stations where it was secured by the "Albatross." In the tropic western Pacific the only existing records are from the shores of south- ern California (Torrey) and from Peru, prior to the capture of the present material by the "Ara" in the Pacific Ocean 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, 300 fms. Maas has recorded this species from the Antarctic, a surprising record, in view of the fact that all other known stations for the species are in tropical and subtropical seas. Color: Delicately diaphanous, the very young are transparent, colorless, the half grown are rose color with brilliantly iridescent bands of swimming plates. Life history : Chun has made careful histological and anatomical studies of the embryo and larval forms of this species from the Gulf of Naples. Discussion: The four specimens taken by the "Ara" are of aver- age size and conform in every essential with the type form of the species. Material examined : Four specimens, taken in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." One, Jicaron Island, Panama, January 26, 1928. One, Pacific Ocean, Lat. 1° 14' N., Long. 90° W., June 30, 1928, 1090 fms. 68 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV References: Beroe rufescens Forskal, Descrip. Anim., etc., p. Ill, 1775. — Will, Horae Terg., p. 20, Triest. — Spagnolini, Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat., vol. XI, fasc. Ill, 1868, Naples.— Panceri, Atti R. Acad. Naples, vol. V, p. 2, taf. 1, fig. 1, 1872. Cydalisia mitraeformis Lesson, Voy. "Coquille," Zobl., vol. II, p. 106, 1830; Atlas, Zoophytes, pi. 15, fig. 3, 1826; taf. XV, fig. 3, Zooph. Acaleph., p. 138, taf. 2, fig. 2 (Peru), 1843. Idya penicillata Mertens, Mem. Acad. St. Petersburg, p. 534, taf. 12, 1833. Beroe forskalii Milne Edwards, H., Ann. Soc. Nat. II e Ser., T. XVI, p. 207, taf. V, 1841. — Chun, Fauna u. Flora, Golf von Neapel, vol. I, p. 309, taf. 14, figs. 3-5, 1880, (color plate).— Torrey, Univ. Publ. Zool., vol. II, p. 47, 1905-06.— Maas, Medusen Exped. Antarctique Francais, 1903-05, p. 16, pi. 2, fig. 4, 1908 — Moser, Ctenophoren der Siboga Exped. XII, p. 22, 1909. — Bige- low, H. B., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 54, p. 387, 1912.— Mayer, A. G., Publ. 162, Carnegie Inst. "Washington, p. 50, 1912. Beroe australis Mayer, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 32, no. 9, p. 177, 1898-99. ECHINODERMATA. CRINOIDEA. Order: COMATULIDA. Suborder : Oligophreata. Superf amily : Comasteridae. Family: COMASTERIDAE. Subfamily : Capillasterinae. Genus : NEOCOMATELLA A. H. Clark. Neocomatella pulchella (Pourtales). Plate 25. Type: Count Pourtales' type material consisted of two specimens from the "Blake" collection in West Indian waters, but from these the original label had been lost, Cat. no. 494, Museum of Compara- tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Distribution : This species is abundantly distributed in the Carib- bean Sea, northward to the Yucatan Bank and the Dry Tortugas, and southward to St. Paul's Rocks. Bathymetric occurrence: 18 to 567 meters. This species prefers to dwell on rough bottoms. Material examined : One very fine specimen, dredged in 150 fms., seven miles S. W. of Alligator Reef, Florida, by the "Ara." Color: The color of this living crinoid is lemon-yellow. Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 25. Neocomatella pulchella (Pourtales) x 2. Bulletin. Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 20. Antcdon adriatica A. H. Clark x 2. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 69 Discussion: This specimen establishes the second time this species has been taken by an expedition other than the cruises of the "Blalte." The other record was that of two specimens secured off Habana, Cuba, by the University of Iowa's Bahaman Expedition in 1893. The present specimen has two specimens of a Lepadid barna- cle attached near the cirri. Clark states that these barnacles are of rare occurrence on cirri of Comatulids but that they are not infre- quent on Stylometra. Von Graff has recorded it as the host of Myzostomum oolongum von Graff, a free-living species and M. in flat a von Graff in indepen- dent cysts. Neocomatella pulchella Pourtales is the only Comatulid in the western Atlantic with more than ten arms, all the division series of two ossicles, the dental edges of the brachia are not produced and everted, and there is a conspicuous comb on the outer portion of the proximal pinnules. Neocomatella pulchella is set apart from N. europaea by its more robust cirri, which consist of more numerous segments, the longest of which are only about twice or slightly more than twice as long as wide. N. pulchella is also much larger than N. europaea. In JV. pul- chella the cirri are 15 to 30, but seldom more than 20, frequently 18 to 19; the arms are 11 to 22, usually about 15 in number, from 100 to 120 mm. in length. References: Antedon pulchella Pourtales, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 5, no. 9, p. 216, 1878. Neocomatella pulchella A. H. Clark, Univ. of Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., vol. 9, no. 5, pp. 9-11, 1921; Bull. 82, U. S. Nat. Mus., pt. 3, p. 124, pi. 5, figs. 10-12, pi. 6, figs. 13-16, pi. 7, fig. 21, pi. 23, fig. 64, 1931, (with full synonymy and description). MACROPHREATA. Family: ANTEDONIDAE. Subfamily : Antedoninae. Genus : ANTEDON de Freminville. Antedon adriatica A. H. Clark. Plate 26. Type: Dr. Clark's type came from Trieste and is deposited in the United States National Museum, Cat. no. 24,313; cotypes are in the Copenhagen Museum, the Berlin Zoological Museum and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 70 Bulletin, VonderbUt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Distribution : Littoral. Confined to the Mediterranean Sea. Host of the following animals : Copepod, Collocheres gracilicauda (Brady) ; Annelida Polyehaeta, Myzostomum cirriferum von Graff; M. bucchichii Yon Wagner ; and M. parasitium Leuckart. Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 65 fms., 11 miles N. W. of Lissa Island, Dalmatia, Adriatic Sea. Ten specimens, dredged in 100 fms., 9y2 miles E. by S., y2 S. of Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, by the "Am." Color: According to Dr. A. H. Clark, the majority of this species are red, while others are purple-red, or red of various hues spotted with lighter shades, yellow, sulphur-yellow or sulphur-yellow banded with white. The " Ara" specimens were all of the sulphur-yellow tones. Development: See Dr. Oswald Seeliger's memoir, 1892. The eggs are encased in a tough membrane and are attached to the pinnules of the parent. The eggs have a comparatively large yolk. Infrabasals are developed at a little over four days' age; these are usualty four to five, more rarely three in number. The known spawn- ing time is the month of May. The eggs are opaque whitish yellowish or light red. Discussion: This very beautiful Crinoid, which was recorded by Olivi as long ago as 1792, was only established as a distinct species in 1910, when Dr. Austin H. Clark set it apart from Antedon mediter- ranea. Dr. Clark's thorough description of A. adriatica and his subse- quent monographic analysis of it make further notes superfluous. A. adriatica and A. mediterranea both have very long slender arms, cirri and cirrals, especially adriatica, and the two species closely resemble each other, but are distinguished by the differences in the length and in the proportions and the numbers of joints in the arms and cirri. References : Antedon adriatica A. H. Clark, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, no. 1749, p. 331, June, 1910 ; Mon. Existing Crinoids, vol. I, pt. 1, Bull. 82, U. S. Nat. Mus., pp. 21, 43, 56, 60, 123, 132, 171, 300, 315, 316, fig. 1, fig. 106, 1915 ; ibid, pt. 2, pp. 52, 53, 73, 95, 119, 132, 150, 225, 265, 278, 291, 330, 349, 367, 373, 374, 410, 431, 433, 500, 502, 503, 509, 527, 578, 579, 580, 581, 583, 584, 585, 588, 589, 590, 595, 608, 610, 611, 635, 648, 654, 655, 657, 660, 663, 669, 684, 697, 723, 729, 730, 731, 732, 733, 735, 736, 747, 752, 755, fig. 80, fig. 757, 1921 ; ibid, pt. 3, pp. 43, 56, 1931. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 27. Ctenodiscus crispatus (Retzius), natural size. A, Oral view; B, Aboral view. Bulletin. Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 28. Ctenodiscw crispatus (Rctzius), A, section of the aboral surface x 20 ; B, section of the ora] surface, showing the jaw angle and adjacent region. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 71 ASTEROIDEA. Order: PHANERAZONIA. Suborder: Paxillosa. Family: PORCELLANASTERIDAE. Genus : CTENODISCUS Muller and Troschel. Ctenodiscus crispatus (Eetzius). Plates 27 and 28. Type: Original description not available for examination. Distribution : Apparently circumpolar in the Arctic, in Europe on the Scandinavian and northern British coasts ; at Iceland ; Green- land ; on the east coast of North America down to Massachusetts, and on the west American coasts down to Chile ; on the Asian coast down to Japan. Bathymetric occurrence: from 2 to about 10 fms., but apparently the species is found in greatest abundance from about 25 to 300 fms. Material examined : Seven specimens, dredged in the middle of St. George's Bay, Newfoundland, September 2, 1926. Color: In life this species is yellowish. Habits and Development: C. crispatus apparently requires about three years to attain its full size. Its development is unknown, but from the fact that the eggs are large with big yolks, it is believed by Dr. Mortensen to probably have a direct development, without a free pelagic larval stage. It lives on muddy bottoms and feeds chiefly on the small creatures that live in the mud. Technical description: Rays five, rarely four or six; varying a great deal in length. R = 28 ; r = 14 ; R = 2r. The abactinal sur- face is covered with closely set paxillae, consisting of a short, tabular, subcircular base, crowned with 8 to 15 short, clavate spines, arranged rosette fashion ; these rosettes are closely packed over the entire abac- tinal surface. The madrepore is oval, 5 mm. long diameter, crossed by numerous fine, wavy ridges alternated with grooves. The marginal plates and oral interradial surfaces and adambulacral plates are cov- ered by a fine, soft skin. On the median dorsal margin of each marginal plate there is a prominent stout, conical spine. Cribriform organs are present between all of the marginal plates, but are con- cealed by a web of papillae along the margin of the plates and con- tinued as simple channels similarly covered by webs, over the oral interradial region and between the adambulacral plates. There is also a stout, conical spine at about the median point of the outer or 72 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV dorsal end of each inferoniarginal plate. The plates of the oral inter- radial area are much smaller than the marginal plates and are flat, of irregular size, closely placed. The adambulacral plates bear three to five short, stout, conical, skin-encased spines set fan-wise along the margin adjacent to the furrow ; the two median spines are the largest of each series. The adambulacral furrows are quite wide; the tube- feet stout, arranged in two longitudinal series. The two jaw-plates of each ray are somewhat pear-seed shaped, encased in skin, which bears numerous small, conical spines. The oral teeth are long, conical, usually six, arranged in a stouter, median pair, and two, slenderer, longer spines below these on each side of the median pair. References: Astropecten corniculatus Linck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 27, tab. 36, no. 763, 1733. Asterias crispata Retzius, Dissert, sist. species cognitas Asteriarum, p. 17, 1805. Asterias polaris Sabine, in Parry's Journal of a Voyage for the Dis- covery of a Northwest Passage, in 1819-20, Appendix, p. ccxxiii, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3, 1821. — Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. X, p. 356, 1866. — American Journ. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 9, p. 420, 1876; vol. 49, p. 208, 1895.— Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel, Nat. Forening., p. 28, 1871.— Bush, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. VI, p. 246, 1883.— Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exper., vol. IV, p. 322, 1875. Asterias arancia Dewhurst, Nat. Hist, of Order Cetacea, etc., p. 283, 1834. Astropecten polaris Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, p. 180, 1840. Ctenodiscus polaris Muller and Troschel, Syst. Aster., p. 76, p. 129, 1842. Ctenodiscus pygmaeus Muller and Troschel, ibid, p. 76, p. 129. Ctenodiscus crispatus Duben and Koren, K. Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 253, 1844. — Ganong, Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Brunswick, no. 7, p. 49, pi. 3, fig. U, 1888.— Mortensen, Th., Echinod. British Isles, p. 53, fig. 30, 1927. Anodiscus crispatus ( ?Val., Mss.) Perrier, Ann. Sci. Nat., 5e ser., t. XII, p. 298, 1869. Ctenodiscus corniculatus Perrier, Revis. Stell. Mus., p. 380, 1876; Arch, de Zool. Exper., t. V, p. 300, 1875. — Sladen, Rept. Voy. "Challenger," Zool., Asteroidea, vol. XXX, p. 171, 1889.— A. H. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 29. Nidorellia armata J. E. Gray, about two-thirds of natural size. A, abactinal view; B, oral view; both of a specimen in which one arm has been injured. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 30. B Nidorcllia armata Gray, A, section of aboral surface x 5 ; B, section of oral surface at jaw angle, x 5. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 73 Clark, Eept. Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913-18, vol. VIII, part C, Echinod., p. 7c, 1920. Aster acanthion polaris Muller and Troschel, op. cit., p. 16. — Lut- ken, Syst. Overs. Gronslands Echinod., p. 28, 1857. — Duncan and Sladen, Mem. Echinod. Arctic Sea to the west of Greenland, p. 23, pi. 2, figs. 4-8, 1881. Family : ASTROPECTENIDAE. Genus : NIDORELLIA Gray. Nidorellia armata Gray. Plates 29 and 30. Type : The type was collected by H. Cuming in Punta Santa Elena, Ecuador, on rocky bottom, 12 to 15 fms. depth, and is deposited in the British Museum. Distribution: Found on the American Pacific coast from Lower California southward to Zorritos, Peru; also known from the Gala- pagos Islands; littoral. Material examined : One specimen, Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, March, 1928. Color: In life this starfish is bright scarlet. Technical description: Dr. Verrill gives an excellent description of this species, based on an extensive series of specimens and discuss- ing the types of variation found in different rays of the same speci- men, as well as the types of variation occurring between different specimens. The "Ara" specimen has a radius of 73.5 mm. and is regularly pentagonal, with the interbrachial arc concave and the rays short, broad, rounded at the tips. The abactinal surface is a little convex, with a stout conical spine upon a tubercular prominence in the center and surrounded by similar spines, some of which correspond to the interradial zone, and some of the rays, down the center of each of which extends a row of similar spines. The interradial region is set with similar spines placed irregularly. The spines of the abactinal surface and margin are conical, thick, smooth and naked, except at the base, where they are surrounded by irregular patches composed of short, polygonal paxillae. Similar paxillae also form the network surrounding the large groups of pores which occupy all the intervals between the plates and frequently form large, sieve-like patches. Scat- tered among the pores are numerous small, short and broad, oblong 74 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV pedicellariae ; as many as nine are found in a single cluster of pores. The madreporic plate is large, situated on one side of the ray, about half an inch from the center of the disk, and is irregularly sub- circular, with its upper surface broken into many irregular radiating ridges, separated by equivalent grooves. The superomarginal plates which form the greater part of the border are about a half inch deep in the median two-thirds of each arc, slightly less so towards the tips of the rajrs. There are 15 to 16 plates on each of the five arcs, the median seven or eight being oblong, much broader than long, while the outer four of each series are nearly square, the outermost one being swollen. There is a stout, conical spine on each plate near or slightly above the middle of the plate. The inferomarginal plates number twenty to the arc, and are near the ventral surface in the median region of the series, but tend to form more of the margin toward each end. Each plate bears a stout, conical spine similar to but larger than those of the actinal surface. The median plates of each series are the smaller, squarish; the outer one four or five times longer than broad, except the outermost one which is smaller, trian- gular and well up on the tip of the ray. The actinal surface is covered by numerous low, rounded, tabular paxillae that become finer and closer toward the marginal plates, both series of which they com- pletely cover. On the actinal surface rather regularly spaced among the paxillae are larger, short, blunt, conical spines, the smaller spines of the series occupjdng the outer portion of each interradial space, while near the center the spines become distinctly larger. Scattered among the actinal paxillae are many small, stout, oblong pedicellariae, similar to those on the actinal surface. The interambulacral plates near the mouth bear seven or eight blunt, flattish, slender spines in a single row, the two apical spines the longest. Outside of these there is a row of very stout, rounded spines with blunt tips, spaced one opposite each cluster of the interambulacral spines, those near the jaw angle being the largest, the series diminishing in size toward the end of the rays, where they become small and more acuminate. The ambulacral furrows are narrow and turn upward at the end of the rays and terminate between the swollen upper plates. References: Pentaceros (Nidorellia) armatus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, p. 276, 1840. Orcaster armatus Muller and Troschel, System der Asteriden, p. 52, 1842. Goniodiscus armatus Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel., p. 59, 1859. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 31. Astropecten antillensis Lutken, natural size of young specimen. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marini: Miskim. Vol. IV Plate 32. Astropecten mtttlensis Lutken, A, section of aboral surface x9; B, section showing jaw-angle x 9. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 75 Or easier armatus Lutken, op. cit., p. 148, 1864. — E. von Martens, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1865 ; an English translation of this is in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XV, p. 433, 1865. Nidorellia armata A. E. Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 280, 1867.— H. L. Clark, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 52, p. 332, pi. 4, fig. 2, 1910.— Boone, L., Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll., vol. II, art. 6, p. 3, pi. 1, 1928. Genus : ASTROPECTEN Linck. Astropecten antillensis Lutken. Plates 31 and 32. Type: Lutken 's type came from St. Thomas, W. I., and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution : This is one of the less abundant of the West Indian species of Astropecten, having been recorded from St. Thomas ; Guade- loupe and Porto Padre, Cuba. Material examined: Two specimens, collected at Porto Padre, Cuba, March, 1928. Habits: This species is reef -dwelling and spends a great deal of its time buried in the sand, but is also very agile and can move about rapidly. Technical description : Verrill considers this species very closely allied to Astropecten duplicatus and that it may possibly prove to be only a local variety of this species. A. antillensis is also closely allied to A. orasiliensis Muller and Troschel, but Perrier, who has examined the types of both species, considers the species distinct. The "Ara" specimens are of about the same size. The slightly larger one is regularly stellate with five, slender, tapered rays. R = 43 mm., r = 10 mm. The superomarginal plates are 28 to each side of each ray, rectangular, except the innermost one and the one at the tip of each ray. Each superomarginal plate has its dorsal surface nearly square, and its lateral surface similar, the width of the plate being slightly less than one-half of its entire length ; there is a stout, conical spine on each plate, arising from the center and forming a marginal series. There is also an incomplete row of similar spines on the plates of the superomarginal series from the interbrachial angle extending half way to the tip of each ray. The inferomarginal plates are opposite the superomarginals, and bear each two long, flattened, bluntly rounded slender marginal spines ; the ventral surface of these 76 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. TV plates is sparsely covered with slender, flattish spinules and also has a transverse row of larger flattish spines. The adambulacral plates each bear two rows of spines, about five spines in each row, the middle spine being the largest of each series. The paxillar region of the abactinal surface is closely crowded with paxillae composed of a small base crowned with one central blunt spinule surrounded by six to eight, more rarely nine, marginal spinules, forming a flower-like design. Numerous pores are present among the dorsal paxillae. References: Astropecten antillensis Lutken, Vidensk. Meddelels., ser. 2, vol. I, p. 47, 1859. — Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 343, 1867. — Perrier, Revision Echini, Arch. Zool. Exper. et Gen., vol. V, p. 282, 1876.— Verrill, Bull. Labr. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, vol. VII, no. 1, p. 172, 1915. Family: LUIDIIDAE. Genus: LUIDIA Forbes. Luidia marcgravii (Lutken). Plates 33, 34, 35 and 36. Type: Lutken 's type material came from Cotinguiba, Brazil, and San Domingo and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. One of Lutken 's cotypes from Brazil is in the Peabody Museum, New Haven, Conn. Marcgraf de Liebstad first recorded the species from Brazil in 1648, while Patrick Browne published it from Jamaica in 1746. Distribution : This species is quite abundant on the shores of Brazil and has also been reported from Jamaica at Kingston and Port Royal and from San Domingo and Guadeloupe. It is a reef-dwelling species which apparently is less abundant in its northern range of the "West Indian region. Perrier considers the present species identical with the L. senegalensis known from the coast of West Africa. Lutken con- siders these two species closely related but distinct. Material examined: Two specimens collected south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, February 11, 1924; one specimen from Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, February 8, 1924; one specimen collected at Port Segua la Grande, Cuba, February 23, 1925, by the "Ara." Color : According to Dr. H. L. Clark, the color of this starfish when alive is greenish or grayish on the abactinal surface; yellow on the actinal surface. Technical description: The largest "Ara" specimen has a diam- eter of 320 mm. Verrill records one with a diameter of 360 mm. All Bulletin*. Vaxdekbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 33. Luidia marcgravii (Lutken), about two-fifths of natural size. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 34. Luidia marcgravii (Lutken), about two-fifths of natural size. Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plati: 35. Luidia marcgravii (Lutken), section of oral surface, showing jaw-angle and adjacent region, x 8. Bulletin, Vanderbi.lt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 36. Luidia marcgravii (Lutken), B, cross-section of oral surface of an arm, near its base, x 7 ; C, cross-section of aboral surface of an arm, x 7 ; D, detail of patterns on aboral section, much enlarged. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 37. Luidia Columbia (J. E. Gray), about one-half of natural size. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 38. Litidia Columbia (J. E. Gray), about one-half of natural size. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 11 the"Ara" specimens have nine rays each. Specimens with only eight rays have been recorded. Rays nine, very long and slender, gradually tapered. R = 160 mm., r = 18 mm. Disk small, circular, interbrachial angle acute. Abactinal surface covered with close-set paxillae; those of the center of the disk and median area of the rays being much the smaller; in shape the smaller paxillae are nearly circular or oval; the spines are short with blunted convex tips, covered with small, rounded granules. The larger dorsolateral paxillae of the rays are in three series on each side and the paxillae are oval with 35 to 50 short rounded granulose spinules. In the interradial area the larger paxillae form a triangular area. The inferomarginals are densely covered with short, flat spines, larger toward the middle, and each plate bears two larger, acuminate, biserial marginal spines. The adambulacral plates bear three or four stout, tapered, laterally compressed spines, the inner two of each plate being curved and more acuminate than the others. The jaw angle bears 18 to 24 slender, long spines, 10 to 12 of which are paired in series, one above the other at the apex. References: Stella marina Marcgraf, George, Hist. Rerum Nat. Brasiliae, vol. VIII, p. 189, 1648. Asterias 4. "The large starfish with eight or more slender arms," Patrick Browne, Civil and Natural History of Jamaica, p. 393, 1756. Luidia marcgravii Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel., series 2, vol. I, p. 43, 1859 (issued 1860). — Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 343, 1867 ; Bull. Labr. Nat. Hist. S. Univ. Iowa, vol. VII, no. 1, p. 208, pi. 5, fig. 1, 1915. Luidia senegalensis Steenstrup, Mss. in the Copenhagen Museum. — Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Asterid., p. 78 (in part), 1842. (Not Lamarck.). — Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exper. de Gener., vol. V, p. 262, 1876. — Richard Rathbun, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. V, p. 149, 1879. Luidia Columbia (J. E. Gray). Plates 37 and 38. Type: Gray's type came from St. Bias, collected by H. Cuming, and is deposited in the British Museum. Distribution: A littoral species known from Magdalena Bay, Lower California and the Gulf of California, southward as far as northern Peru ; also found in the Galapagos Archipelago. 78 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Material examined: One specimen from Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, February 3, 1926 ; Cat. no. 275. Color : Dr. Robert Coker 's field notes, made on Peruvian specimens, state that in life this starfish is ' ' dorsally of a mouse color with many dark specks. Below yellowish white." Habits and life history: Unrecorded. Technical description : Eays five, regularly tapered ; R = 97 mm., r = 19 mm. The abactinal surface of the disk is flat, of moderate size. The paxillae of the disk and median region of the rays are small, the tabulae irregularly circular, becoming angular at the mar- gins. The margin of each tabulum bears 10 to 14 short spinelets inside of which are 4 to 10 short, stout, blunt spinelets. Along each side of the ray are three longitudinal rows of larger paxillae, each of which tend to squarish or rectangular outline. There are numerous large, circular pores, rather regularly spaced on the abactinal surface. The inferomarginal plates bear each three spines, the uppermost of which is distinctly shorter than the lower two, each of which is long, slender, acuminate, forming a distinct marginal fringe. On the actinal surface the inferomarginals are well separated from each other; they bear a median series of 10 to 12 longer spinelets on either side of which there is a double row of shorter spines along the transverse margin of each plate. The adambulacral plates bear usually four, occasionally three to five, large spines ; the innermost one being long, slender, curved, well down towards the furrow, followed by a second, similar, but stouter spine, these two in single file, while the third and fourth spines are paired beside each other, not in line with the others, straight and a little smaller than the second spine. There are sometimes one or two spinelets also on the lateral margin of these plates. There are ten to twelve long slender teeth clustered at each jaw angle. The madreporic plate is small, subcircular, sculptured by fine radiating lines and situated well down in the interradial angle. References: Petalaster Columbia J. E. Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, p. 183, 1840. Luidia tessellata C. F. Lutken, Vidensk. Meddelel., p. 40, 1859. — Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 1, p. 271, 1867. Petalaster columbiae Verrill, op. cit., p. 272. Luidia columbiae E. Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exper., vol. 5, p. 253, 1876. — Sladen, Sci. Rept. Voy. "Challenger," Asteroidea, vol. XXX, p. 247, 1889. Hi i.i.i:ti\, Vaxdeubilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 30. Linckia columbiae Gray, reduced about one-third. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. TV Plate 40. Linchia columbiae Gray, reduced about one-third. Boone, Echinodermatar Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 79 Luidia Columbia H. L. Clark, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 52, p. 331, pi. 1, fig. 2, October, 1910. Suborder: Valvata. Family: OPHIDIASTERIDAE. Genus : LINCKLA. Nardo. Linckia columbiae Gray. Plates 39 and 40. Type: Gray's type was collected in the Bay of Caracas, West Colombia, on the rocks at low water, by H. Cuming, and is deposited in the British Museum. Distribution : A littoral species known from Lower California to northern Peru, including the Galapagos Islands. Material examined : One specimen, collected in Webb Cove, Albe- marle Island, Galapagos Islands, February 3, 1928. Color : In life the abactinal surface is cocoa-brown with numerous smaller brown flecks. This coloration persists on the outer portion of the actinal surface also, the median portion of the disk and rays being dirty light cocoa or cream color. Technical description: The single specimen taken by the "Ara," presents a curious malformation due to the regeneration of three of the five arms. The fully developed arm has an R of 104 mm., r = 19 mm. The normal rays are long, slender, tapered, well rounded. Only five-rayed specimens have been recorded, among the few speci- mens taken, but L. columbiae evidently possesses the capacity to regenerate lost arms in about the same degree as L. guildingi. It is probable that specimens of L. columbiae with four to seven arms may be found. The abactinal plates in this species are numerous, thick, irregularly polygonal, a little convex with the margins occa- sionally overlapping. The dorsal surface of the plates is regularly paved with large, rounded granules which are also found between the apertures of the papular areas, which latter are conspicuous and large with numerous papulae. The supero- and inferomarginal plates are nearly equal in size, each being irregularly polygonal or suboval and somewhat larger than those of the abactinal surface. The interactinal plates are small, crowded, and are covered by the crowded granula- tion. The adambulacral plates bear a single row of stout, thick, sub- cylindrical, blunt-tipped spines, set close together well down in the furrow margin. On the outer margin of the adambulacral plates there 80 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV is also a row of similarly thick, but much shorter blunt spines, which point outward toward the margin of the ray and are separated from each other at the base by a distance equal to the length of one spine. References: Linckia columbiae Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, (n. s.), p. 285, 1840.— H. L. Clark, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 32, p. 194, 1913. — Boone, Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll., vol. II, p. 5, pi. 3, 1928. Family: OREASTERIDAE Fisher. Genus : OREASTEE Muller and Troschel. Oreaster reticulatus (Linne) Muller and Troschel. Plates 41 and 42. Type: Linne cites: "Habitat in M. Indico." Muller and Troschel described specimens from the east coast of America, which were depos- ited in the Berlin Museum. Distribution: This is the largest and most massive echinoderm found in the "West Indian region where it is an abundant and widely distributed shallow-water species. It has been recorded from South Carolina southward throughout the West Indies, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea, as far down as Abrolhos Reefs, Brazil, and is also found in the Cape Verde Islands. Material examined: Three large, dry specimens, from Bury Island Flats, West Indies, January 19, 1925. Cat. nos. 246, 247, 248. Five younger specimens of various ages, in spirit, from the same locality. Cat. no. 245. Color: According to several authors, the color of this species is decidedly variable, some specimens being deep red, others of varying shades of red, while some are green or greenish, and others are yellow, orange or yellowish brown. Technical description : This is a very massive, rather rigid look- ing species, with the disk high and swollen. Specimens with a diam- eter of 500 mm. have been recorded. The largest of the "Ara" specimens has a diameter of 300 mm. The plates of the abactinal surface have a decided stellate-reticulate arrangement, leaving large papular areas between them, with many small papulae. The median radial row of plates is distinct, and is a little larger than the others. Their proportions, imperfectly visible at the dorsal surface are long and narrow and at their node there is nearly always a short, stout, conical spine, both on the disk and rays. The entire surface between Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 41. Oreaster reticulata* (Linne), young specimen, reduced one-third. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 42. Oreaster reticnlatus (Linne), abactinal surface, young specimen, reduced one-third. Boone, Echinodermata, Gruises of "Eagle" and "Ara" 1921-28 81 the spines is paved with small, unequal, polygonal granules, inter- spersed with small, bivalve pedicellariae. These granules also sur- round the bases of the spines. The papular areas are very large and conspicuous, with numerous single papulae. The superomarginal plates are not very large; about 18 to 24 occur on each side of each ray in big sea-stars. They form the margin, but have their outlines concealed by the thick covering of granulose skin, and usually two to four short, stout, conical spines. Their granules are coarser than those further up on the disk and have quite numerous small, bivalve pedi- cellariae among them. The inferomarginal plates are quite similar in size and shape to the superomarginals and are placed well on the actinal side, except well toward the tips of the rays. They are granu- lated similar to the upper plates and each plate normally bears a cluster of three to five or more short, conical spines, the larger of which are much smaller than those of the superomarginals and quite like those of the interactinal plates. These latter are arranged in simple, divergent rows and the plates and their sutures are covered with large granules and pedicellariae, coarser than are found on the abactinal side, but each plate usually bears a more prominent central group of two, three, four, or more, short, stout, unequal, blunt spines. Their pedicellariae are larger than those of the abactinal side, with relatively wide valves. The adambulacral plates each bear a marginal series of three to four small, flat, angulated, or blunted spines, and on the actinal face of the plate there is one, occasionally two, larger, short, conical spines, surrounded by coarse granules and numerous bivalve pedicellariae. References : Rumph. Muf . t. 15, fig. D, 1739. Pentaceros lentiginosis Linck, Stell., t. 41, fig. 72, t. 23, fig. 36. Stella marina maxima reticulata Sloane, Nat. and Civil Hist. Jamaica, pt. II, p. 272, 1725. Asterias reticulata (part), Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, t. 1, p. 661, 1758. — Retzius, Dissert., p. 14, 1805. — Lamarck, Anim. sans vert., vol. II, p. 556, 1816. Or easier reticulatus Muller and Troschel, Syst. Aster., p. 45, pi. Ill, fig. 2, 1842. Pentaceros reticulatus Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, p. 276, 1840; ibid, Synopsis, p. 6, 1866. — A. Agassiz, North American 82 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Starfishes, p. 108, pi. 16, figs. 1-7, 1877 (gives details of struc- ture).— Viguier, Nouv. Arch. Zool. Exper. et Gen., vol. VII, p. 193, pi. XI, figs. 4-6, pi. XII, figs. 3, 4, 1878.— Nutting, Narra- tive Bahama Exped., Bull. Labr. Nat. Hist., S. U. I., vol. Ill, pp. 52, 182, 202, 212, 1895. Asterias gigas Linn£, Mus. Tessinianum, p. 114, pi. 9, 1753. Orcaster gigas Lutken, Vidensk. Meddelel., p. 64, 1859. — Verrill, A. E., Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 367, 1867. — Richard Rathbun, ibid, vol. V, p. 149, 1879. Asterias sebae Blainville, Actinologie, p. 238, 1834. Oreaster aculeatus Gray, op. cit., vol. VI, p. 238 (Young). Family: GONIASTERIDAE. Genus : PELTASTER Verrill. Peltaster planus Verrill. Plates 43, 44 and 45. Type: Verrill's type was taken in N. lat. 39° 53' off Martha's Vineyard, in 156 fms. (Cat. nos. 13, 362), depository not stated. Distribution : Restricted to the type locality from off Martha 's Vineyard, 156 fms., and the "Ara" specimen taken seven miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, in 150 fms. This specimen is about the same size as the type. One young specimen dredged in 200 fms., nine miles S. W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. Material examined : One, 150 fms., seven miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926 ; one, 200 fms., off Port Basque, Newfound- land. Color: The color of the living animal is unknown, that of the alcohol preserved specimen is deep old ivory. Technical description : Starfish regularly nearly pentagonal with the interbrachial margin very little concave. Rays very short, blunt. R = 50 mm. ; r = 37 mm. Abactinal surface covered with plates which are of two types; the primary or larger plates are variously irregularly hexagonal with rounded angles, rhomboidal, or occasion- ally oval and the secondary plates closely interspersed among the primaries are smaller, unequal, subcircular. All the abactinal plates are entirely covered with rather coarse, spaced, rounded granules. The primary plates frequently bear 60 to 100 granules ; the secondary plates have as few as 8 to 25 granules. The abactinal plates are so Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 43. Peltaster planus Verrill, x 2, A, oral view, B, aboral surface, of a very young specimen, from off Port Basque, Newfoundland, 200 fms. Bulletin-. Vaxderbilt Marine Museum., Vol. IV Plate 44. Peltaster planus Verrill, x0.8; A, abactinal view, B, actinal view; both of specimen from off Alligator Eeef, Fla., 150 fms. Bulletin*, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 45. B Peltaster planus Verrill, A, section of the abactinal surface xlO; B, section showing jaw-angle, x 10. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 83 closely crowded together that in undisturbed parts of the surface, the covering of granules appears continuous, concealing the individual contours of the plates, except for the faint impression of delineation. The marginal plates are similarly covered with these granules so that the entire dorsal surface has a remarkably uniform covering. The madreporite is small, unequally hexagonal, the dorsal surface flattish, traversed by fine, irregular radiating lines. The superomar- ginal plates are very prominent, similar to the inferomarginal plates from which they are separated by a linear marking. There are four- teen superomarginal plates on each ray, in addition to the small, rounded, subconical terminal plate at the tip of each ray. The distal three of the fourteen plates are smaller, wider than long, while the intermediate eight plates are larger, squarish. There are fifteen inferomarginal plates, the median seven being about opposite those of the upper series, while the distal four of inferomarginals are more crowded than the related distal three superomarginals. The infero- marginal plates have their actinal margin convex. The actinal inter- radial surface is covered with plates, those nearest the inferomarginal plates being the smallest, frequently hexagonal; while from the approximate third row from the inferomarginal to the center, the plates are much larger, rhombic, closely packed together, and are cov- ered with rounded, coarse, spaced granules, which are distinctly larger than those covering the marginal plates. The adambulacral plates are similar to the actinal plates, but larger, numerous and very crowded together. Each plate bears a furrow of three, four to five coarse, blunt, four-sided club-like spines, closely packed together and laterally compressed. Outside of these is a second row, usually of three similar but slightly shorter spines, followed by a third row of three similar but shorter, squarish spines, beyond which there are eight to nine coarse, blunt granules, larger than those of the actinal plates, and forming two approximate rows. The furrow row spines along the jaw angle are similar but a little longer and stronger than the rest of the series. The papular pores occur singly and are quite numerous, occupying large radial areas and extending nearly to the center of the disk. A thorough microscopic examination of the speci- men revealed no pedicellariae. References : Peltaster planus Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. XLIX, p. 135, 1885; Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. X, p. 170, pi. 28, figs. 3, 3a, August, 1899. 84 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Order: SPINULOSA. Family: SOLASTERIDAE. Genus : SOLASTER Forbes. Solaster (Crossaster) papposus (Linne). Plate 46. Type: Linnaeus' type material came from the seas of Europe and Asia. Distribution : Known from all over the Arctic region ; found on the American Atlantic coast down as far as Massachusetts Bay; on the American Pacific coasts down as far as Vancouver ; on the Asiatic Pacific down as far as the Ochotsck Sea, and in European seas the Channel is its most southern limit. Bathymetric occurrence: Shore down to about 1200 meters. Material examined: Three young specimens dredged in 40 fms., from the middle of St. George's Bay, Newfoundland, September 2, 1926. Color : Variable, but the more abundant form has the disk purplish red, the arms whitish with a broad, transverse band of red; the oral side is whitish. The less abundant form has the aboral side uniformly deep purple, the oral side creamy. Fossil: This species has been found in fossil state in the Leda clay at Montreal, and in the Pleistocene at Green's Creek, near Ottawa, Canada. Habits: The development is direct without a Bipinnaria stage. The young are found in spring and summer, not very abundantly on the East American coast, usually on hard bottom in depths rang- ing from tide-line to 40 to 50 fms. This starfish is carnivorous and very voracious, frequently devour- ing starfish as large as itself. It feeds principally upon other Echino- derms, chiefly starfishes and sea-cucumbers, but also eats mollusks and anemones. It is definitely known to be an enemy of the oyster. Technical description : Rays usually 10 to 12 ; 12 in the present specimens; regularly stellate; disk of moderate size; the dorsal skele- ton composed of narrow bars forming an irregular reticulation sur- rounding moderate sized membraneous spaces in which several rather coarse papulae are situated. No pedicellariae. Dorsal paxillae large, well separated, sparsely covering the surface, with rather long, slen- der spines, clustered, brush-like. Marginal plates obscure. Marginal Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 46. Solaster papposus (Linne), A, abactinal view of young specimen, natural size: B, oral view of same specimen. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 47. Solastcr endeca (Ketzius), reduced one-third. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 48. Solaster endeca (Retzius), reduced one-third. Bulletin, Vandekbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 4!). Solaster indeed (Eetzius), sections showing jaw-angle and adjacent region, greatly enlarged. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 85 paxillae in a single series, large, prominent. Furrow spines long, slender, prominent, varying in number, usually three to five. Spines encircling the mouth long, slender, blunt. Very large specimens have been recorded with a diameter of ten inches. The "Ara" specimens are young, measuring two to three inches in diameter. References: Triskaidecactis papposus Linck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 43, tab. XXII, no. 54, 1733. Asterias papposus Linne, 12th Ed., p. 1099, vol. 1, part 2, 1767. Asterias helianthemoides Pennant, British Zoology, vol. IV, p. 66, no. 72, 1777. Asterias papposa Fabricius, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 369, no. 72, 1780. Asterias papposus Muller, Zool. Dan. Prod., 2832. — Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. II, p. 559, 1816 ; ibid, 2 ed., vol. Ill, p. 246, 1840. Asterias (Solasterias) papposus Blainville, Manuel d 'Actinologie, p. 241, 1834. Stellonia papposa Agassiz, Prodr. Monog. Rad., Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, t. I, p. 192, 1835. Solaster papposa Forbes, Ast. Irish Sea, Mem. Wern. Soc, vol. VIII, p. 121, 1839 ; British Starfishes, p. 112, figured, 1841. Crossaster papposus Muller and Troschel, Monatsbr. d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. Berlin, p. 103, 1840.— Sladen, "W. P., Rept. Voy- age "Challenger," Zool., vol. XXX, p. 444, 1873-76.— J. F. Whiteaves, Catal. Invert. Eastern Canada, in Geol. Surv. Can- ada, p. 52, 1901. — A. H. Clark, Rep. Canadian Arctic Exped., vol. VIII, part C, p. 12c, 1920. Solaster (Polyaster) papposa Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, p. 183, 1840. Solaster endeca (Eetzius). Plates 47, 48 and 49. Type: Retzius' type came from Torekov, Sweden; the despository is not stated, but it is quite probably the museum at Stockholm. Distribution: Circumpolar and subpolar. Found on the coasts of Greenland. On the east American coasts it is abundant from New- foundland to Cape Cod, Mass., on the American Pacific coast down to Puget Sound and on the Asiatic coast down to the Ochotsck Sea. In Europe it is found in Scandinavian waters from Spitzbergen down to the Sound abundantly ; also in the waters of the British Isles except on the south coast of England and the Channel. Bathymetric occur- rence: tide-line to 450 meters. 86 Bulletin, VanderbUi Marine Museum, Vol. IV Material examined: Three specimens collected on the coast of Maine, by the "Eagle," Cat. no. 298. Color: The upper surface of this very beautiful starfish is fre- quently rose-purple or deep red, more rarely, a yellow or orange specimen is found. The under surface is always some shade of yellow- ish or orange. Life history: The development of the species is direct, without a pelagic larval stage. The breeding season is March and April. Technical description : This species is very large, attaining a diameter of 300 to 400 mm. The rays vary from 7 to 13 but are usually 9 to 10. R = 3 r ; R = 75 to 200 mm. ; r = 25 to 65 mm. The disk is large, highly arched, the interbrachial arcs somewhat rounded. The rays are arched abactinally, flattened actinally, regu- larly tapered with blunt, rounded tips. The abactinal surface is cov- ered by very firm skeleton, formed of a very close network of plates. These plates bear low columnar elevations, each of which is crowned with a group of 8 to 12 delicate spines. These spines are so short and of such nearly uniform length that in the living starfish they give a general impression of an almost smooth surface. Along the side of the rays, these columnar elevations tend to form longitudinal series; four to six such series usually being well defined. On the actinal surface of the ray there is a well-defined series of plates form- ing a lateral margin. Toward the tip these plates are in contact with the adambulacral plates, but as they approach the disk, they diverge, forming a margin for the actinal surface of the disk. The plates have transverse, ridge-like elevations, which each bear a cluster of ten to twenty-five small spines, of approximately equal length and arranged in regular double series. The actinal, interradial spaces are closely covered with plates bearing low, columnar elevations orna- mented with spines somewhat bigger than those of the abactinal sur- face. These clusters are rather definitely arranged, tending to form four rows parallel to the adambulacral plates. The row adjacent to the adambulacral extends about halfway the length of the ray, while the others are successively shorter, the interradial series being the shortest. The adambulacral plates have two series of spines, one in the furrow and one on the face of the plate. The furrow series is made up of three spines in a row parallel to the furrow; one, or sometimes two, of these spines is often absent, but when present the middle one of the series is the longest and the distal one is usually the shortest. Near the mouth these spines are frequently partly fused at Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 87 the base. The spines on the face of the plate are somewhat pointed, six to eight, arranged in a single curved, transverse series, the con- cavity of the curve away from the mouth; the largest spine nearest the furrow. The oral plates are very conspicuous, bearing on the margin a series of 14 to 20 spines of which those at the oral end of the plate are much the largest, the others diminishing in size. On the face of each plate there is a ridge bearing three to twelve spines of variable length, the longest being nearest the oral end of the plate. The papulae are small, usually single. The madrepore is small with numerous fine furrows. The feet are stout, biserial. The starfish is very voracious, frequently swallowing animals of its own approximate size. It feeds principally on other starfishes. References: Rumphius, Amboinsche Raritetenkammer, Tab. XV, fig. F, 1705. Octactis dactyloides Linck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 39, pi. 14, no. 24, 1733. Enneactis coriacea dentata Linck, ibid, p. 40, pis. 15, 16, no. 26. Asterias endeca Retzius, K. Vet. Akad. Hand. Stockholm, t. IV, p. 237, 1783.— Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Linn. ed. 13, t. I, pt. VI, p. 3162, 1789. — Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. II, p. 560, no. 23, 1816. — Flemming, Hist. Brit. Animals, p. 487, 1828. — Johnston, Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. IX, p. 300, fig. 44, 1835. Stellonia endeca L. Agassiz, Mem. Soc. Sc. Nat. Neufchatel, vol. I, p. 192, 1835. Solaster endeca Forbes, Mem. "Werner Soc, vol. 8, p. 121, 1839. — Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VI. p. 183, 1840.— Forbes, Hist. Brit. Starfishes, p. 109, 1841. — Muller and Troschel, System der Asteriden, p. 26, 1843. — Stimpson, Synop. Marine Invert. Grand Manaan, p. 14, 1853. — Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel., ser. 1, vol. 9, p. 35, 1857. — M. Sars. Oversigt af Norges Echinodermer, 1861. — Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. X, p. 345, p. 356, 1866. — Hodge, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. IV, p. 135, 1871. — Perrier, E., Arch, de Zoologie Exp. and Gen., vol. IV, p. 95; ibid, 359, 1875. — Moebius and Buetschli, Die Exped. z. phys.-chem. und biol. Unters der Nord- see, Bericht, 1875, p. 148. — Viguier, Arch. d. Zool. exp. et gen. torn. VII, p. 134, 1878. — Duncan and Slab-en, A. Memoir on the Echinodermata of the Arctic Sea to the west of Greenland, p. 40, 1881. — t. 3, figs. 3-8, 1881. — Danielsen and Koren, N. Nordhavs- Exp., p. 50, t, 9, figs. 13, 18, 1884. — Levinsen, Dijmpha-Udbytte, 88 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV p. 398, 1887.— Sladen, Kept. Vol. "Challenger," Zool., vol. 30, p. 452, 1889.— Pfeffer, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Bd. 8, p. 104, 1894.— Doderlein, Wissenschaft, Meeres, N. F. Abth. Helgoland, p. 209, taf. VII, figs. 1, 4, 1900.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. XXII, p. 556, pi. 3, figs. 12, 13, 1902.— Mortensen, Dan- marks Fauna Echinod., p. 67, fig. 26, 1924; Echinod. Brit. Isles, p. 115, fig. 68, 1927. Family: ECHINASTERIDAE. Subfamily: Echinasterinae Viguier. Genus: heneicia Gray. Henricia sanguinolenta (O. F. Muller). Plates 50 and 51. Type : This species was described from Torekov, Sweden, by Retzius. Distribution : Henricia sanguinolenta is circumpolar and circum- boreal and has been taken from the tide-line down to depths of 1000 meters; one record gives a depth of about 2450 meters. It is found on the east North American coast from the Arctic down to Cape Hatteras, N. C. ; also on the coasts of Greenland and Iceland ; across the American Arctic and on the American Pacific coast down as far as Washington State; and on the Asiatic coast down to the Kurile Islands. In European waters it is found in Scandinavian Seas from the Baltic to the Arctic region; rather common on all coasts of the British Isles excepting the Channel coasts. It is also found southward to the Bay of Biscay and the Azores. Material examined -. One specimen, dredged in 10 fms., off Cutty- hunk, Vineyard Sound, June 16, 1922, Cat. no. 205. Two small speci- mens, without label, but probably from Vineyard Sound, Mass., June, 1922. Cat. no. 239. One young specimen, dredged in 200 fms., nine miles S. W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 2, 1926. Cat. no. 236. Two specimens, slightly larger, from the same locality, Cat. no. 237. One larger specimen, dredged in Long Island Sound, off Northport, N. Y. Cat. no. 238. Color: The color of this starfish varies from entirely blood-red specimens to entirely yellow ones. Development: This species has no bipinnaria stage. It is one of the brood-protecting species. The parent attaches itself by means of the tube-feet in the distal part of the rays to the underside of a stone, Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 50. Henricia sanguinolenta (O. F. Muller), natural size. Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum., Vol. IV Plate 51. Henricia sanguinolenta (O. F. Mailer), A, section of abactinal surface, x4; section of oral surface of disk, showing jaw-angle x 4. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 89 or to a vertical rock, or similar place, then elevates the disk and proximal part of the arms, in such a way as to form a closed cavity beneath. The eggs are then discharged into this cavity where they lie free, not attached to the parent. Development of the embryo takes approximately three weeks, during which period the parent appar- ently does not feed. The embryos subsist entirely on the contents of the egg yolk and do not receive any nourishment direct from the parent. If the parent be removed during this period, the larvae con- tinue their normal development; they are occasionally found free, pelagic. The normal breeding period is February to April. Food: Little is known of the food habits of this species. Rem- nants of mollusks have been found in its digestive tract. Dr. Morten- sen reports it as being once found in the mounting position above a Mytilus. Technical description: Regularly stellate; rays five, slender, tapered. R = 49 mm. long, r = 11 mm. long ; R = r 4.5. Inter- brachial arcs acute. Rays slender, dorsally convex, gradually tapered to a blunt recurved point. Plates of the abactinal surface are rather small, crowded, forming a close, irregular network, enclosing in each papular space two or three large, round papulae. Madrepore small, situated midway between the center of disk and an interbrachial angle. On the ventral surface of the rays the paxillae are large and form two longitudinal rows. The adambulacral plates are armed on the outer side with five or six similar but larger blunt spines of unequal size, and those of each series increasing in size towards the margin ; there is one large, marginal spine directed inward and fitting alternately with a similar spine from the opposing margin, forming a deep intermeshing border over the ambulacral furrow. The jaw teeth are as figured. The dorsal paxillae are irregularly circular; each paxilla of the disk and of the median portion of the arm has from 10 to 15 short, blunt spines ; on the sides and distal ends of the rays these paxillae average 8 to 10 spines apiece. References: Pentadactylosaster oculatus Linck, De Stellis Marinis, p. 35, tab. XXXVI, no. 62, 1733. Asterias sanguinolenta 0. F. Muller, Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 234, no. 2836, 1776.— Th. Mortensen, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 16, p. 546, 1925. Asterias pertusa 0. F. Muller, ibid, p. 235, no. 2839, 1776. Asterias ocidata Pennant, British Zool., vol. IV, p. 61, pi. XXX, fig. 56, 1777. 90 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Asterias spongiosa Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 368, no. 363, 1780. — Gould, Invert, of Massachusetts, p. 345, 1841. Asterias seposita Retzius, K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Nya Handl. Ar. 1783, t. IV, p. 237 ; Dissert, sist. spec. cog. Asteriarum, 1805, p. 21. LincJcia oculata Forbes, Mem. Wern. Soc, vol. VIII, p. 120, 1839. Henricia oculata Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, p. 184, 1840. Cribrella oculata Forbes, Hist. British Starfishes, p. 100, 1841. — A. and E. C. Agassiz, Marine Animals of Massachusetts Bay. Eadi- ates, p. 112, 1865, Boston. — Perrier, Archives de Zool. Exper., t. IV, p. 373, 1875.— Sladen, Rept. Voy. "Challenger," Zool., vol. XXX, p. 542, 1889. Echinaster oculatus Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Aster., p. 24, p. 127, 1842. Echinaster eschrichtii Muller and Troschel, ibid, p. 25. Echinaster sarsii Muller and Troschel, Archiv. f. Naturgesch. Jahrg., X, Bd. I, p. 169, 1844. Linckia periusa Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manaan, p. 14, 1853. Cribrella sanguinolenta Lutken, Videnskab. Medd. naturh. Foren. i Kjobenhavn, p. 31, 1857. — Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., X, p. 345, 1866. — Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 15, p. 24, 1865.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., vol. XXII, p. 555, pi. 3, figs. 10-11, pi. 4, fig. 22, 1902. Cribrella eschrichtii Dujardin and Hupe, Hist. Nat. Zooph. Echin. (Suites a Buffon), p. 349, 1862. Cribrella sarsii Perrier, Nouv. Archives Mus. Hist. Nat. 2e Serie, t. I, p. 77, 1878. Echinaster scrobiculatus Dan. and Koren, K. Vet. Akad. Handl., 1844; Norwegian North Atlantic Exped., Asteroidea, XI, vol. 4, p. 40, pi. VI, figs. 10-11, pi. 7, pp. 12-14, 1887. Magdalenaster arcticus Koehler, Echin. des Mers. D 'Europe, vol. 2, p. 293, 1924. Genus : ECHINASTER Muller and Troschel. Echinaster echinophorus (Lamarck) Perrier. Plates 52 and 53. Type: Lamarck's type came from the coast of Virginia and is deposited in the Paris Museum. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 52. Echinaster echinophorus (Lamarck) Perrier, natural size. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 53. ■©■•'&•.• m^m, Sg """" A Echinaster echinophorus (Lamarck) Perrier, A, section of aboral surface; B, section showing mouth angle, both much enlarged. Boone, Echinodermatg, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 91 Distribution : Southern Florida and throughout the West Indian region to Yucatan and the Abrolhos Reefs, Brazil. A shallow water and reef-d"\velling species. Virginia. (Lamarck.). Material, examined: Two specimens, collected on the Florida Reefs, January, 1923, by the "Ara," Cat. no. 225. These appear to be the first Florida record for this species, thus extending its north- ern distribution. One specimen collected south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, in 5 fms., February 11, 1924, Cat. no. 234. Color: Bright red or crimson on the abactinal surface. Technical description: Regularly stellate, rays normally five, somewhat angulated and moderately stout, tapered distally with a blunt tip. R = 63 mm., r = 18 mm. Abactinal surface with the plates covered by a tough skin and reticulated with the mamillary bosses, each bearing a stout, conical, skin-encased spine. The large, subcircular, papular areas, surrounded by the meshes of skin, bear each several, 8 to 12, large, papular pores. On the disk the spines are similar to those on the rays, where they are arranged in approximately five longitudinal rows on the dorsal and lateral surfaces. The outer- most of these five rows, which are like the others, may be considered as superomarginals, and are separated from the inferomarginals by a wide and abundantly perforated papular area. The inferomarginal spines are a trifle larger than the dorsolateral spines and are well separated from the adambulacral spines. The adambulacral spines are two to each plate, partly webbed at the base and forming a double longitudinal series, the furrow spine being a trifle stronger and bear- ing on its inner side, lower down, almost in the furrow, a node, scarcely to be defined as a tooth. The jaw-teeth are as figured; six teeth to the jaw-plate, two webbed, on either side of the distal pair which are short and blunt. References: Asterias spinosa (part), Retzius, Dissert, sist. spec. cog. Asteriarum, p. 18, 1805. (Not Asterias spinosa Pennant, 1777.) Asterias echinophora Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. I, vol. II, p. 560, 1816. Othilia spinosa Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. VI, p. 281, Dec, 1840; Synopsis Starfishes, p. 12, 1866. ' Echinaster spinosus Muller and Troschel (part), Syst. Ast., p. 22, 1842 ; Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel., p. 90, 1859.— Perrier, Pedicell. in Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., ser. 5, vol. XII, p. 57, 1869. Echinaster (Othilia) crassispina Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. I, p. 368, pi. IV, fig. 7, 1868. 92 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Echinaster crassispina Lutken, op. cit., p. 283, 1871. — Ives, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. for 1890, p. 326.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., vol. XX, part 2, p. 238, 1899. Echinaster echinophorus Perrier, Arch. Zool. Exper., vol. IV, p. 364, 1875. — Richard Rathbun, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. V, p. 147, 1879.— Ives, Proc. Acad. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. for 1889, p. 171. — Verrill, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, vol. VII, no. 1, p. 42, 1915. Echinaster sagenus (Ketzius). See Ludwig's color plate, Taf. 4, figs. 4, 5. Type: In 1805 Retzius designated this Mediterranean species Asterias sagena. Distribution : This brilliantly colored starfish is very abundant in the Mediterranean Sea, extending southward as far as Cape Verde, and northward on the Atlantic European coast as far as Brittany. Bathymetric occurrence: Littoral down to 1060 meters. Material examined : One very young specimen dredged in 19 f ms., grassy bottom, 10 miles south of Cagliari, Sardinia, July 23, 1927, Cat. no. 262. Color.- The abactinal surface is intensely red or orange-red; the actinal surface cream color. Diagnostic characters: The single specimen taken by the "Ara" is a very young, five-rayed starfish, agreeing in all particulars with Ludwig's excellent description and figures of the species. This starfish is usually five-rayed, occasionally six or more, rarely seven-rayed. It frequently attains a diameter of 15 to 20 cm., and specimens as large as 30 cm. diameter have been reported. The spines of the abactinal surface are large and there are no papulae on the actinal surface, two items which readily distinguish E. sagenus from the superficially similar Henricia sanguinolentus, in addition to their respectively different faunal distribution. For detailed diagnosis of the species consult Ludwig, 1897. References : Asterias sagena Retzius, Dissert, sist. spec. cog. Aster., p. 21, 1805. — Ludwig, Fauna und Flora, Neapel, Mon. 24, p. 313, pi. IV, figs. 4, 5, 1897 (with full synonymy). — Koehler, Faune de France, p. 29, fig. 22, 1921 ; Les Echinodermes des Mers d 'Europe, t. I, p. 125, 1924. — Mortensen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9 ser., vol. 16, p. 546, 1925.— Fisher, W. K., ibid, vol. 18, p. 196, 1926.— Mortensen, Echinod. Brit. Isles, p. 117, p. 439, 1927. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 54. Brisinga mediterranea Perrier, A, ventral sketch of an arm; B, transverse section of an arm showing arrangement of spines; C, dorsal view of an arm, all • 1.2. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 55. Asterias vulgaris Verrill, A, actinal view of young specimen; B, abactinal view of another younger specimen ; both natural size. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 56. ^,.0.e> W6 Asterias vulgaris Verrill, A, section of abactinal surface of disk; B, section of actinal surface of disk, showing jaw-angle; both much enlarged. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 93 Order: FORCIPULATA. Family: BRISINGIDAE. Genus: BRISINGA Asbjornsen. Brisinga mediterranea Perrier. Plate 54. Type: Perrier 's type was taken by the "Travailleur" between Cor- sica and Marseillaise, in the Mediterranean Sea, depth 555-2660 meters. It is deposited in the Paris Museum. Material examined: Six rays without the central disk, taken in dredge, in 102 fms., mud bottom, St. Andrea Island, off the Dalma- tian Coast, Adriatic Sea. Color : Unrecorded. Technical description : The longest ray taken measures 235 mm. As shown in the accompanying figure, the greatest diameter of the ray is about three-fourths of an inch from the disk. The raised ribs number about 70 and extend to the distal end of the ray, each carry- ing a series of twelve spines, six of which are abactinal, and the remaining six actinal. On the distal half the ray is much tapered and these spines are correspondingly reduced in size. The skin between the ribs is naked; on the proximal twenty-odd arches, the skin is elevated in two or more transverse bands like wrinkles, between each two arches. The spines appear to be silicious; the largest two of each series show distinctly that they are longitudinally ribbed or fluted with about eight grooves and nine convex elevations between these, converging at the apex. The spine is encased in tough skin, which forms a clavate-shaped tip. Although this club tip is figured in many of the best illustrations of Brisinga without comment, it appears in the present specimen to be the result of the skin having partially sluffed off the spine and formed a knob at or near the tip. References: Brisinga mediterranea Perrier, Exped. "Travailleur" et "Talisman" Echin., Paris, p. 70, pi. 3, fig. 1, 1894. Family : ASTERIDAE. Genus: ASTERIAS Linne. Asterias vulgaris Verrill. Plates 55 and 56. Name: Northern starfish. Type: Verrill 's description of the species does not cite a type but rather appears to have been founded on an extensive series of speci- mens from various localities. Depository not stated. 94 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Distribution: Fairly abundant from Labrador to Woods Hole, Mass., less so southward to Cape Hatteras, N. C. Known from the tide-line down to 358 fms., seldom taken in shallow water south of Wood's Hole. Sometimes taken in association with Asterias forbesi (Desor). Material examined: Three young specimens from the coast of Maine, collected by the "Eagle," William K. Vanderbilt, command- ing. One large dry specimen from the same locality, Cat. no. 231. One young specimen dredged off Eastport, Maine, August 22, 1923, by the "Am." Color : In life the coloration of this species is remarkably variable ; the more abundant kinds are yellow or purple, but variations of these dominant forms, including cream-colored, yellow-brown, orange, brown, pink, and even bright red specimens have been recorded. Habits and life history: This species is said to differ but little from its near relative, A. forbesi, and these slight differences occur in the early stages of the life of the species. These were described by Alexander Agassiz in the "Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology," volume V, part 1, 1877. The larval stages were thoroughly discussed by Field in the "Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Sci- ence," November, 1892, and additional investigations of the larvae were made and reported by Goto in the ' ' Journal of the College of Sciences of the Imperial University of Tokio, " 1898. A delightfully interest- ing and thorough account of the habits and life history of the closely related species, A. forbesi, was given by Mead in the "Bulletin of the United States Fish Commission" for 1899. Technical description: Rays normally five, rarely four, six, or eight. Dr. Verrill records specimens of fifteen inches diameter as not uncommon in Labrador waters. Dr. H. L. Clark reports specimens 425 mm. in diameter from Nova Scotia. The largest of the three young specimens collected by the "Eagle" measure R = 55 mm.; r = 13 mm. ; R 4.45 X r. Width of ray at base, 12 mm., moderately slender, somewhat flattened dorsally with nearly vertical sides, tapered to a not quite acuminate tip. The disk is rather large and frequently appears somewhat swollen. The interbrachial arcs are acute. The plates of the abactinal surface are narrow, forming a network with large meshes ; the skeleton is not very firm. On each arm there is a median longitudinal series with large papular areas on each side, Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 95 with three or more papulae in each group. The plates of the dorsal surface each bear short, blunt spines, 1 to 2 mm. high, usually singly, but sometimes two or three together. Each spine is finely spinose at the apex, and is encircled at the base with a ring of pedicellariae, each of which is very blunt. The other pedicellariae scattered over the dorsal surface are large and quite acute. There is a very well defined lateral series of spines along the side of each ray below which there is a longitudinally extended area devoid of spines but with numerous pedicellariae. This lateral series varies in position, some- times being quite near the abactinal surface, on the other specimens scarcely visible from above. It consists of plates bearing two spines side by side, so that there is apparently a single line of spines. In older specimens there is frequently a third spine below the distal one of each pair, and a fourth spine above, or beside the proximal one. Farther down on the actinal surface of the ray occurs another series of spines which are largest and most conspicuous. These are 2 to 4 mm. long, distinctly blunt-tipped ; they occur in series of three spines forming an oblique row on each plate, with the most distal spine nearest the ambulacral furrow. Pedicellariae are numerous with these spines but seldom encircle them. The adambulacral plates are closely packed together, being much more numerous in this species than in any of its near relatives of the East American coast. Each adam- bulacral plate has usually two spines, which are somewhat compressed, with the apex, pointed, clavate or squarely cut; each spine with one to five long, very slender, acute pedicellariae on the adambulacral plates within the furrow. The oral spines are long, slender, quite similar to that of the adambulacral spines and affording no specific characters. The tube-feet are in four longitudinal rows, closely crowded together. References : Asterius rubens Gould, Kept. Invert. Mass., p. 345, 1841. Aster acanthion rubens Desor, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. Ill, p. 67, 1848. — Stimpson, Smithson. Contrib. Knowl., vol. 6, p. 14, 1853. Asteracanthion violaceus Stimpson, op. cit., p. 14, 1853. Asteracanthion pallidus A. Agassiz, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci., p. 106, 1863, no description. Asterias vulgaris Packard, no description, Canadian Naturalist, vol. VIII, p. 405, 1863.— Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat, Hist., vol. 10, 96 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV p. 347, 1866.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm., vol. XXII, p. 553, pi. 1, figs. 3-4 ; pi. 4, figs. 16-17, 1902. Asterias stimpsoni Verrill, op. cit. (part), p. 349. Asterias pallida Goto, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokio, vol. X, pt. 3, p. 239, 1896-98, (treats of metamorphosis). Subfamily : HELIASTERINAE. Genus: HELIASTER Gray. Heliaster multiradiatus (Gray). Plate 57, text figure 3. Type: Gray's type came from Hood Island, Galapagos, and is deposited in the British Museum. Distribution: Restricted to the Galapagos Islands; reported from Hood Island, Chatham Island, Albemarle Island and Charles Island. Material examined : One young specimen from Webb Cove, Albe- marle Island, Galapagos, February 3, 1928, collected by the "Ara," William K. Vanderbilt, commanding. Color: Leipoldt in 1895 gave the first color record of this species. The abactinal surface is creamy, yellowish or light gray, irregularly blotched with dark gray or blackish on the rays; the dark blotches appear as cross-bands. The abactinal spines are yellowish, whitish or brownish. The actinal surface is dominated by yellow, but the interbrachial areas and on the proximal half of the rays the outer side of the adambulacral are blackish markings. There is a striking contrast between the inner and outer sides of the adambulacral series and also between the basal and distal halves of each individual spine on its outer side. The oral spines are usually dark on the external side. The madreporite is yellow or creamy white. The "Ara" specimen, preserved in alcohol, shows the abactinal surface alternately banded with purplish black and creamy color, in the proportions indicated in the plate. Remarks: Dr. Hubert L. Clark's very thorough discussion of this species in his report on ' ' The Starfishes of the Genus Heliaster, ' ' Bul- letin Museum of Comparative Zoology, LI, p. 47, pi. 4, fig. 1, is based on a series of specimens. Technical description: Young starfish: Rays 24. Rays about 60 per centum free. R = 35 — 26 ; r = 15 — 12. Dr. Clark recorded specimens approximately three times as large as the "Ara" specimen. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate o7. Heliaster multiradiattis (J. E. Gray), abactinal view of young specimen from Galapagos, x 1.5. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 97 The abactinal surface of this species reminds one of an ox-eyed daisy. The rays are not quite cylindrical, a little depressed dorsally, tapered to a blunt point distally. The disk is not very large, but is usually abruptly elevated at the center. The abactinal skeleton is rather sub- stantial, reticulated with fine meshes. The abactinal spines of the disk are short, thick, with blunt clavate or capitate summit, which under high magnification appears to be composed of rounded granules. These spines are numerous but distinctly separated. On the rays the spines form five definite longitudinal series, a median, a paired lateral and a paired marginal series. In addition there are two series of spines on the sides of the ray, which are slightly smaller than those A B Text fig. 3. — Eeliaster multiradiatus (J. E. Gray). A. Section of abactinal sur- face of arm. B. Section across actinal surface of arm, both much enlarged. of the actinal series. On the abactinal surface the largest spines are usually on the disk and the median series of the rays. The present specimen also has several "twin" or double spines, with one base splitting into two normal size spines distally. The actinal surface of the disk has the interbrachial areas reduced to a minimum, the sur- face being almost completely occupied by the ambulacra, adambu- lacral spines, pedicellariae and papulae. The actinal spines are in two series, an upper row in which the spines are shorter than the adambulacral spines, and the lower series which is longer than these latter. The adambulacral spines are close-set; usually each plate has a long, clavate outer spine, and closely appressed to this on the inner side is a second spine, which in some instances is a duplicate of the outer adambulacral spine, making a double series, but in other 98 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV instances, on the same ray is a much smaller, subacute spine. The ampullae are in two irregular series, so crowded mid-way the ray as to appear quadriserial. The pedicellariae are quite small and rather numerous on the abactinal side of the rays near the tip ; on the actinal surface there are also pedicellariae ; occasionally quite large, forficate pedicellariae are found here. The mouth depression is characteristic. The madreporite is small, convex, subcircular, button-like, about four times the long diameter of nearby spines, and shows numerous, fine, irregularly radiating lines. References: Asterias multiradiata Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, p. 180, 1841. Ileliaster multiradiatus Dujardin and Hupe, Hist. Nat. Zobp. Echi- nodermes, p. 344, 1862. — H. L. Clark, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, LI, p. 46, pi. 4, fig. 1, 1907-08. Ileliaster multiradiata Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts & Sci., I, p. 292, 1867. OPHIUROIDEA. PHRYNOPHIURIDA. Family: OPHIOMYXIDAE. Genus : OPHIOMYXA Muller and Troschel. Ophiomyxa pentagona (Lamarck). Plate 58. Type: Lamarck's type came from Sicily and is deposited in the Paris Museum. Distribution: An abundant littoral species in the Mediterranean, also found on the African coast down as far as Cape Verde, and on the northern coast of Spain. Bathymetric occurrence : Chiefly littoral, but recorded from depths down to 235 meters. Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 35 fms., 5 miles N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, Mediterranean Sea, July 21, 1927, by the "Ara." One specimen, dredged in 100 fms., 9V2 miles E. by S., V2 S. "from Cape Bon Tunis, North Africa, July 19, 1927, Cat. no. 233. Color : Brown with dark flecks. Development : Unrecorded. Technical description : Disk diameter, 21 mm. ; length of arm, 75 mm. Disk pentagonal with the interbrachial lateral margin slightly concave. The abactinal, actinal, interbrachial surfaces of the disk Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 58. S^^y*-V*T.:^s- - >%$K ■'. .":,•> S-V! B ^p^' Ophiomyxa peniagona (Lamarck) x4; A, section of oral surface; B, section of aboral surface; C, cross-section of arm. Bulletin-, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate .59. Asteronyx loveni Muller and Troschel, A, cross-section of arm x6.5; B, section of oral surface, x 5. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 99 and the arms are encased in a tough thick skin, which also extends out upon the mouth-plate and side mouth-plates concealing them, reaching to the bases of the mouth papillae. There are eight mouth papillae set in regular series; each papilla is large, squarish, with the outer margin convex and finely crenulate. There are five or six teeth, each a broad, bluntly rounded lobe with its margin finely serrate. The genital slits which begin outside the mouth-shield extend about 55 per centum of the width of the interbrachial region. The arms are rounded, rather thick proximally, the arm-plates imperfectly developed and concealed beneath the tough skin which encases the entire arm. The arm-spines are in series of four, short, stocky, nearly equal, encased in skin at the base and with the tip thorny. There are no tentacle scales. References: Ophiura pentagona Lamarck, Hist. Anim. sans Vert., vol. II, p. 546, 1816. Stella pentagona scolopendroides regularis Linck, De Stell. Marin., p. 51, pi. 27, fig. 46, 1733. Ophiomyxa pentagona Muller and Troschel, Syst. Ast., p. 108, 1842. — Lyman, Illus. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., Memoirs, vol. I, p. 180, 1865 ; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. Ill, part 10, p. 272, pi. 7, fig. 18, 1871-76.— Rept. Voyage "Challenger," Zool., vol. V, p. 246, 1873-76.— Ludwig, H., Zeits, fur Wissen Zoologie, vol. XXXI, p. 383, 1878; Echin. des Mittelmeeres, Mitt. Zool. Sta. Neapel, Bd. I, p. 552, 1879.— H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 169, 1915. Family : ASTERON YCHIDAE. Genus : ASTERONYX Muller and Troschel. Asteronyx loveni Muller and Troschel. Plate 59. Type: The type of this species came from Bohuslan and Hammer- fest, Norway, and is deposited at the Museum at Stockholm. Distribution : This species is nearly cosmopolitan in its distribu- tion, being known in Europe from the Scandinavian Seas to Finmark, also off Scotland and southwest Ireland; on the American east coast from Labrador down to the lower "West Indies ; on the African coast down to the Cape of Good Hope ; also in the Indian Ocean, and in the Pacific Ocean from Australia to the Bering Sea. Bathymetric occur- rence : 100 to 1800 meters. 100 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles off Alligator Reef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Color: Reddish. Life history: Unknown. Eggs large. Technical description : Disk diameter, 18.5 mm. Disk encased in a tough, thick skin in which there are a few small, scattered plates. The dorsal plates are lacking ; the ventral plates are irregular, rather well developed, covered by the thick skin. The radial shields are long, narrow ribs, extending almost to the disk. The mouth-shields are very small, or even lacking in older specimens. The mouth papillae are well developed. One madreporite, fairly large. The arms are also skin-encased, three of them being decidedly longer and thicker than the other two. On these longer arms, the most central arm-spine of each series is, in the middle region of the arm, long and club-shaped, thorny and encased in a tough skin. On the smaller arms these spines are all short, hook-shaped. There are no spines present at the first pair of tentacle pores ; no tentacle scales. References: Asteronyx loveni Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Asterid., p. 119, 1842. — Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. I, p. 13, 1865.— H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 180, 1915. — Mortensen, Th., Denmark's Fauna, no. 27, Echinod., p. 151, fig. 65, 1924.— Handbook, Echinod., British Isles, p. 158, fig. 90, 1927. Family : GORGONOCEPHALIDAE. Genus: GORGONOCEPHALUS Leach. Gorgonocephalus arcticus (Leach). Plate 60. Type: Leach's type was collected in Baffin's Bay, during the voyage of discovery in H. M. SS. "Isdbelle" and "Alexander" in 1819, and deposited in the British Museum. In 1670 John Winthrop, governor of the colony of Connecticut, sent a specimen of this animal to the repository of the Royal Philosophical Society of London. Distribution : This is a polar and subpolar species known in Europe as far south in Scandinavian waters as 62° 43' N., 1° 26' S. ; found also at Jan Mayen Land and on the coasts of Greenland, and on the East American coasts as far southward as Cape Cod. Bathymetric occurrence: Shore to 800 fms., the shallower records usually being correlated with the more southern localities. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 60. Gorgonocephalus arcticus (Leach), oral view of a small specimen, somewhat reduced. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 101 Material examined : One large specimen in spirit, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. by S. W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926, by the "Ara." One dry specimen, from the coast of Maine, collected by the "Eagle." Color: There is an exquisite color plate of this curious basket-fish in the Monaco series, Fasc, XXXIV, pi. IX, showing the animal to be a rich burnt sienna on both faces, with deeper tones of this color on the disk. Technical description: This basket-fish is one of the earliest American echinoderms to be critically described and figured. The following notes were made by the colonial governor of Connecticut, John "Winthrop, in 1670 and 1671, and published in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London : "There is besides a strange kind of fish, which was taken by a fisherman, when he was fishing for cods in the sea which is without Massachusetts Bay in New England. It was taken alive by a hook. The name of it I know not ; nor can I write more particularly of it, because I could not yet speak with the fisherman who brought it from the sea. I have not seen the like. The mouth is in the middle ; and they say that all the arms you see round about were in motion when it was first taken. "We omit the other particulars here, that we may reflect a little on this elaborate piece of nature. The fish, as it is yet nameless, we may call Piscis Echinostellaris Visciformis; its body resembling an echinus or egg-fish, the main branches, a star, and the dividing of the branches, the plant mistletoe. See fig. 1, pi. XI. This fish spreads itself from a pentagonal root, which encompasses the mouth, being in the middle at (a), into five main limbs or branches, each of which, just at the issuing out from the body, subdivides itself into two (as at 1) and each of these 10 branches do again (at 2) divide into two parts, making 20 lesser branches: each of which again (at 3) divide into two smaller branches, making in all 40. Those again (at 4) into 80; and those (at 5) into 160; and those (at 6) into 320; those (at 7) into 640; at 8, into 1280; at 9, into 2560; at 10, into 5120; at 11, into 10,240; at 12, into 20,840; at 13, into 40,960; at 14, into 81,920; beyond which, the farther expanding of the fish could not be certainly traced, though possible each of those 81,920 small sprouts or threads, in which the branches of this fish seemed to termi- nate, might, if it could have been examined when living, have been found to subdivide yet farther. The branches between the joints 102 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV were not equally of a length, those for the most part pretty near; but those branches which were on that side of the joint on which the receding joint was placed were always about a fourth or fifth part longer than those on the other side. Every one of these branchings seemed to have, from the very mouth to the smallest twigs or threads in which it ended, a double chain or rank of pores, as appears by the figure. The body of the fish was on the other side; and seemed to have been protruberant, much like an echinus (egg-fish or button-fish) and, like that, divided into five ribs or ridges, and each of these seemed to be kept out by two small bony ribs. "In the figure is represented fully, and at length, only one of the main branches, whence it is easy to imagine the rest, cut off at the fourth subdividing branch, which was done to avoid confusion, as well as too much labor and expense of time in the engraving." A characteristically careful, modern description of this species is to be found in Theodore Lyman's "Ophiuridae and Astrophytidae, " 111. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., no. 1, p. 187, 1865. Excellent detailed illustrations are given by Sladen in the "Challenger" Report on the Ophiuroidea, pi. XXXV, fig. 26, pi. 36. The outstanding diagnostic characters of this species are a large disk, with the arms branched from the base ; the arm-spines beginning at the second pair of tube-feet. Only one madreporite is present. There are a series of plates among the edge of the disk in the inter- radial spaces. The disk is naked with only the radial ribs possessing a series of spines which are distinctly larger than the similarly placed rounded granules found on G. eucnemis (Muller and Troschel), another Arctic species having a similar range. References: The Basket-Fish, Piscis Echinostellaris Visciformis John Winthrop, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. London, vol. V, p. 1152, 1670; ibid, pi. XI, fig. 1, (p. 423 reprint), vol. V, p. 178, 1819. Gorgonocephalus arcticus Leach, in Ross's Voyage of Discovery in H. M. SS. "Isabella" and "Alexander," vol. II, appendix IV, p. 178, in second edition, 1819. — H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 185, 1915. Euryale scutatum Gould, Rept. Invert. Mass., p. 345, 1841. Astrophyton agassizii Stimpson, Smiths. Contrib. Knowl., vol. VI, p. 12, 1853.— Lyman, 111. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 1, no. 1, p. 186, 1865.— Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, p. 102, 1877.— Lutken, Addit acl Hist. Ophiurid., part III, in Dansk Vidensk. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 103 Selsk. Skrifter, 5th Raekke, p. 66, 1869. — Duncan and Sladen, Mem. Echinod. Arctic Sea, etc., p. 69, pi. V, figs. 1-6, 1881. Astrophyton arcticum Duncan and Sladen, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 20, p. 468, 1877. Gorgonocephalus agassizii Sladen, Rept. Ophiuroidea, Voy. "Chal- lenger" Zool., vol. V, pt. 14, p. 264, pi. 33, fig. 26, pi. 36, 1882.— Fischer, Die Osterreich Polarstation, Jan Maj^en, Bd. Ill, p. 37, 1886. — Greig, Ophiuroidea, Norwegian North Atlantic Exped., 1876-78 ; Zool., XXII, vol. 5, p. 35, pi. Ill, figs. 20, 21, 1893.— Koehler, Res. Campag. Sci. du yacht "I'Hirondelle," Fasc. XII, p. 59, 1898 ; Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 26, p. 102, 1901, Paris.— Greig, Fauna Arctica, Bd. I, Lief 2, p. 271, 1900.— Mortensen, Th., Medd. Gronland, Bd. 29, p. 88, 1909, Copenhagen.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. vol. XXII, p. 561, pi. 6, figs. 35, 36, pi. 7, figs. 46, 47, 1902 ; Occas. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. VII, pt. 2, p. 7, 1905. — Schmitt, Mon. de l'ile Anticosti, Paris, p. 247, 1904. — Greig, Rept. Second Norweg. Arctic Exped. in Fram, 1898-1902, p. 23, 1907. Gorgonocephalus agassizi Doderlein, Wiss. Meeres Untersuch, Bd. IV, Heft 2, p. 227, 1900.— Michailovsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Peters- bourg, vol. 7, p. 498, 1902. — Kalischevsky, Mem. Acad. Imp. Soc. St. Petersbourg, ser. 8, vol. 18, no. 4, p. 21, 1907. — Koehler, Bull. Sci. France et Belg., vol. 61, p. 349, 1907 ; Res. Campag. Sci. du yacht "Princess Alice," fasc. XXXIV, p. 206, pi. IX, fig. 1, color plate, 1909. Genus : ASTROPHYTON Muller and Troschel. Astropliyton muricatum (Lamarck). Type : Lamarck 's type came from the "West Indies and was deposited in the Paris Museum. Distribution: Found from Charleston, S. C, southward to the Tortugas and through the West Indian region. Littoral to 278 fms. Material examined: One large specimen, taken on the Florida Reefs, 1923. One larger dry specimen, dredged off the south coast of Cuba, in deep water, by the "Ara." Another large dry specimen, dredged in 30 fms., 14 miles S. "W. of Marquesas Keys, Florida, March, 1924. Color: In life this basket-fish is usually bright orange-yellow, or yellowish brown. 104 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. TV Habits: This curious animal has a body composed of over 81,000 joints. It walks on the tips of its branches and arches the central portion upward. The multibranched arms serve as shelter for a number of species of small crustaceans, mollusks and ophiurans, some of which are external parasites, feeding on the food particles col- lected by the basket-fish. The network of arms of the basket-fish make a complete trellis and serve to enmesh small animals, i. e., cope- pods, snails, worms, small fish, etc., on which the basket-fish feeds. The arms carrying food curl up, passing it into the star-shaped mouth. Technical description : This species, which is easily distinguished by the fact that the radial ribs of the disk are decidedly, sharply elevated, bearing a few large, fleshy spines, the sides of which are usually conspicuously fluted, is monotypie of the genus as at present restricted. Diameter of disk 70 mm., from the outer corner of madreporic shield to the outer corner of the opposite mouth-slit 29 mm. ; width of arm at base 24 mm. It is impractical to give the length of distances of the forks of the arms because of their dried and interlaced condition. The teeth, tooth papillae and mouth papillae are sharp, conical, of unequal sizes. Eight to ten of these which occupy the place of teeth are largest, attaining a length of 3 to 3.2 mm. Those representing the mouth papillae are of intermediate sizes. The outer mouth papillae extend down to the outer corner of the mouth-slit. The madreporic plate is of irregular shape, somewhat between a rectangle and an oval in contour and is situated near the inner angle of the interbrachial space. The arms are covered above, below and on the sides by a close, fine, smooth pavement of microscopic granules. Transverse lines dis- tinctly indicate the joints of the arms on the aboral surface and sides ; on the oral surface there is a definite longitudinal sunken line, here are also scattered round spots composed of concentric rings of micro- scopic oblong round grains. On the outermost branches most of these grains form a double vertical row of grains which support the arm- spines, each of the latter being a single microscopic hook. The disk, which is covered on both surfaces with the same granular covering as the arms, has also above the round spots in the inter- brachial spaces. The paired radial ribs are very prominent, terminat- ing outwardly in a smooth, concave cicatrix. On the median upper surface of each is an irregular, longitudinal series of coarse spines, 1.5 to 2 mm. high, with their sides deeply fluted. The under inter- brachial spaces are very small because of the great breadth of the Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate Gl. Amphiura diomedeae Lutken and Mortensen, x 8 ; A, section of aboral surface; B, section of oral surface ; C, cross-section of arm. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 105 arms. The genital slits are small and do not have a margin of grains ; their long diameter is 5.5 mm. The tentacle scales are very fine, slender, spine-like. They are not to be found within the ninth fork, occasionally the tenth fork, of the arm on its main trunk; beyond this point there are one, two, three, sometimes four to each pore, the number being greatest on the smaller side branches ; however, on the finer twigs the number decreases and on the finest twigs the tentacle scales are replaced by a single hook. References: Euryale muricatum Lamarck, Anim. d. sans Vert., II, p. 538, 1816; second edition, vol. Ill, p. 217, 1840. Astrophyton muricatum Agassiz, Mem. de la Soc. des Sciences Nat. Neuchatel, p. 12, 1839. — Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Asteri- den, p. 122, 1842. — Lutken, Kongl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift., 5th Raekke, Bd. 5, p. 258, 1861.— Doderlein, Japan. Euryalae, pi. 5, fig. 1, 1911. — H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 188, 1915. Astrophyton costosum Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. I, p. 192, 1865. GNATHOPIURIDA. Family: AMPHIURIDAE. Genus: AMPHUBA Forbes. Amphiura diomedeae Lutken and Mortensen. Plate 61. Type: The type series of this species was taken by the "Albatross" at stations 3393, 1020 fms., 3394 in 511 fms., at 3398 in 1573 fms., and at 3429 in 919 fms. Deposited in the United States National Museum and the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Distribution-. As cited above, in deep water off the Pacific coast of Panama; also taken by the "Albatross" at numerous stations in large numbers along the Japanese coast in 56 to 726 fms. Bathymetric occurrence: 56 to 1723 fms. Material examined : Two disks with broken arms attached and 50 to 100 arms minus disks, collected in 100 fms., Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, by the "Ara," Cat. no. 292. Color : The color of the living animal is not recorded. Life history: Unknown. Technical description : Disk diameter 10 mm., arm length 46 mm. Abactinal surface paved with irregular scales, the primaries of which are well defined. Interbrachial regions of actinal surface of disk 106 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV similarly paved with similar smaller scales, which are rather con- spicuous along the ahactinal margin of disk. Radial shields broad pear-seed shaped, contiguous at base; in this, which differs even in pairs on the same disk, the present specimens differ from the figures given by Lutken and Mortensen. A few scales separate the distal portion of the paired radial shields in the three young specimens before me. The mouth-shield is rhombic, varying quite a little in width. The side mouth-shields are slender, tapered inwardly, not quite meeting. Mouth papillae, three blunt ones on each side of a jaw, and two pointed teeth at the apex. The under arm-plates are somewhat rec- tangular, wider than long, with the outer margin concave in the middle and rounded on either side, and the inner margin correspond- ingly convex, the side margins relatively straight. The side arm- plates bear three strong, tapered spines. The upper arm-plates are short and quite wide with the outer margin rounded at the angles. References: Amphiura diomedeae Lutken and Mortensen, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 23, pt. 2, p. 151, pi. XII, figs. 1-7, 1899.— H. L. Clark, Bull. 75, U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 140, 1911 ; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 225, 1915. Genus : hemipholis Agassiz, Mss., Lyman. Hemipholis elongata (Say). Plate 62. Type: Say's type comes from Charleston Harbor, S. C, and is deposited in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Distribution : Charleston, S. C. ; Turtle Harbor, Florida ; Desterro, Brazil. Littoral. Material examined: One specimen, dredged by the "Ara" in Turtle Harbor, Florida, April 14, 1923. This apparently establishes the first Floridian record of the species. Cat. no. 218. Habits : Stimpson reports that this species ' ' is gregarious, living in companies of twenty to thirty. The existence of these groups is indi- cated at low water by spaces of about a foot in diameter, covered with small holes, looking very much as if a charge of shot had been fired into them. If these spots are watched as the tide rises, from each hole an arm of one of the starfishes will be seen to protrude, and wave about in the water. Generally each individual sends up one of its rays in this manner." Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 62. Hemipholis elongata (Say) x 12. A, cross-section of arm; B, section of oral sur- face; C, section of aboral surface. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 107 The young when quite small differ a great deal from the adult. They are frequently found clinging to the arms or disk of the parent. Color: Agassiz's colored drawings made from living animals and first published by Dr. Lyman show this species to possess much varia- tion. The ground color of the disk is almost always variegated, being variously dull indigo-blue, different shades of greenish, yellowish brown, yellow, gray or brownish flesh color, with the radial shields usually different from the disk, either bright or dull green, dark brown, lake-red, bluish, dull brown or gray; the arms also usually differ from the disk and are usually banded ; one specimen had them sap-green, another lake-red and yet another brownish flesh color banded with black. The tentacles are red. Technical description : Disk orbicular, diameter 7 mm., length of arm 64 mm. or slightly more than nine times as long as the disk diameter. Abactinal surface of disk and lateral margins covered with small, flat, overlapping scales of uneven sizes. (Covering of central portion of disk torn off in the present specimen.) Five to six larger scales form a line between the radial shields. These shields are rather slender, pear-seed shape with the apex directed inward, the outer margin rounded ; the length 2.1 mm., the greatest width 0.8 mm. The outer margin of the radial shield is separated from the first arm-plate by several small scales. The interbrachial region of the actinal surface is covered by tough skin and along the margin of the genital slit there are small, tapered papillae, also a few on the interbrachial region. The mouth-shields are small, suboval, wider than long, the outer margin more dilated than the inner. The side mouth-shields are long, narrow, meeting on the inner side. There are nine blunt, squarish teeth which are thickened on the median cutting edge. The mouth papillae are small, rounded, flattened, placed two in each angle at the base of the jaw-frames. The under arm-plates are slightly wider than long, with the outer margin slightly convex, the outer corners rounded, the inner margin is less convex than the outer but also with its corners rounded; the lateral margins are concave; the plate has the appearance almost of a shield with the angles rounded. There is one rather large, oval tentacle scale. The side arm-plates are wider than long, encroaching but little upon the surface of the upper arm, and supporting seven arm-spines. The upper arm-plates are nearly twice as wide as long, with both the inner and outer margins relatively straight with the lateral angles rounded. The 108 Bulletin, Vandcroilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV seven arm-spines are stout with tapered apices; the spines are of slightly unequal length, those of each series gradually increasing in length from the ventral to the dorsal side of the arm. References : Ophiura elongata Say, Journ. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., V, p. 146, 1825. Ophiolepis elongata Stimpson, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., IV, p. 225, 1854. Amphiura elongata Lutken, Addit. ad Hist. Oph., pt. 2, p. 222, pi. 3, fig. 2, 1861. Hemipholis elongata Agassiz, Mss. — H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 237, 1915. Amphiura cordifera Lyman, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 258, 1860. Hemipholis cordifera Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, p. 137, pi. 1, figs. 1, 3, 1865, (color plate). Genus : OPHIOPHOLIS Muller and Troschel. OpMopholis aculeatus (Linne). (Daisy Brittle-star). Plate 63. Type: Linnaeus stated merely that his type inhabits the ocean. Distribution : Circumpolar in Arctic waters ; in Europe extending down to the Scandinavian coasts to the Danish shores; also to the southern shores of the British Isles. It is also found in Iceland and Greenland and on the East American coast down to Cape Cod; on the West American coast as far south as California, and on the Asiatic coast down to Japan. Bathymetrical occurrence: low tide-line down to 1880 meters. Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 200 fms., 9 miles S. W. by W. of Port Basque, Newfoundland, September 1, 1926. Habits: This is a sluggish brittle star which spends much of its time in rock crevices, feeding on the particles in the detritus. It has been found in the stomachs of codfishes. Color: Frequently variegated, mostly red, more rarely with the disk bluish. American specimens frequently have the arms cross- banded. Technical description: Young specimen: Disk diameter 9 mm., arm length 25.5 mm. Disk covered with numerous granules among which small spines are abundantly scattered, excepting the primary Bulletin, Vanderbilt- Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 63. Ophiolis aculeatus (Linni), A, cross-section of arm x 10; B, section of oral surface x 8 ; C, section of aboral surface x 8. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and " Ara," 1921-28 109 plates which are bare and which form a rosette in the center with ten radiating arms, five of which are interbrachial and five interradial. The primary plates are rounded. The radial plates are pear-seed shaped with the apices directed inward, quite well separated, resem- bling the larger primary plates. Mouth papillae are six to each angle of the mouth and thin, flat, scale-like, squarish with rounded corners. There are twelve teeth, squarish, short, the middle of the cutting edge thickened; the upper ones somewhat narrower than the lower. The mouth-shields are almost oval, slightly pointed within. The side mouth-shields are large, thick, meeting within. The under arm-plates are wider than long, somewhat irregular, not quite touching, the inner and outer margins nearly straight, the inner a little shorter than the outer, the corners very rounded; the lateral margins concave. The side arm-plates encroach a little below between the under arm-plates and are distinctly separated from each other by smooth skin. There are six stout, flattened arm-spines, rather blunt-tipped, the outer four about equal, the lower two shorter, more conical. On the tip joints of the arm the lowest spines are armed with hooks. The tentacle scale is flat, elongate, stout, rounded. The dorsal arm-plates are widely oval, separated from each other, margined by the ten to twelve unequal, closely crowded supplementary pieces. Toward the tips of the arms the dorsal plates become nearly round. References: Stella scolopendraides bellis scolopendrica Linck, De Stell. Mar., p. 52, pi. 40, fig. 71, 1733. Asterias aculeata Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 1101, 1767. Asterias aculeatus Retzius, Ast. Gen., p. 240, 1783. Asterias aculeata 0. F. Muller, Zool. Dan., p. 29, pi. XCIX, 1789. Ophiura bellis Johnston, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 595, 1835. Ophiocoma bellis Forbes, British Starfishes, p. 53, 1841. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray, Rad. Anim. Brit. Mus., p. 25, 1848. — Lutken, Kong. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 5th Raekke, Bd. 5, p. 60, 1861. — Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. X, p. 344, 1866 ; Rept. U. S. Fish. Comm. for 1873, p. 718, pi. 35, fig. 270, issued 1873. — Greig, Ophid. Norweg. North Atlantic Exped. Zool., 1876-78, p. 20, 1893.— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. for 1902, p. 559, pi. 5, figs. 24-27, pi. 7, figs. 41-42, 1904 ; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 267, 1915. — Mortensen, Handb. British Echinoderms, p. 204, fig. 116, 1927. 110 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Ophiolepis scolopcndrica Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Aster., p. 96, 1842.— Stimpson, Smiths. Contrib. to Knowl., vol. VI, p. 13, 1853. Ophiopholis bellis Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. I, p. 96, pi. 1, figs. 4-6, color plate, 1865. Family: OPHIOTRICHIDAE. Genus: ophiothbix Muller and Troschel. Ophiothrix angulata (Say). Type: Say's type was collected in Charleston Harbor, S. C, and is deposited in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Distribution : This species and its numerous varieties are found from North Carolina southward throughout the "West Indian region and on the northern coast of Brazil. Bathymetric occurrence : Littoral to 200 fms. Material examined : One specimen, Thompson Key, Florida, Janu- ary 27, 1923, collected by the "Am." Two, dredged in 150 fms., 7 miles off Alligator Keef, Florida, March 30, 1926. Color: There is very great variation in the color of this species, but there is usually a characteristic white longitudinal stripe on the dorsal side of the arms. The ground color of the dorsal surface is more frequently some shade of bluish purple or brown, but may also be carmine, green or yellow. Discussion: Dr. H. L. Clark's discussion of the great variation existing in this species and his designation of six distinct varieties is a most welcome and helpful contribution to the knowledge of this very beautiful West Indian species (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., LII, p. 313, 1918-19). The three "Ara" specimens before me are young individuals, which are unfortunately broken and in poor condition, owing to their having been preserved in formalin. References : Ophiura angulata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., V, p. 145, 1825. Ophiothrix angulata Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., V, p. 249, 1852. — Th. Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, pi. 2, figs. 1-3, 1865 (color plate).— H. L. Clark, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, XX, p. 244, 1900 ; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 269, 1901-15. Ophiothrix hispida Ayres, op. cit., p. 249. Ophiothrix violacea Lutken, Vid. Selsk. Skrifter, Bd. V, p. 252, Tab. V, fig. 1, 1861.— Raekke, 1861, pt. II, p. 252, pi. 4, figs. 1 a-g. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 64. Ophiothrix sucnsonii Lutken x 3 ; A, section of aboral surface; B, section of oral surface; C, a single arm spine greatly enlarged. Boone, Echinodermata, Gruises of "Eagle" and " Ara" 1921-28 111 Ophiothrix suensonii Lutken. Plate 64. Type: Collected in the West Indies, on Gorgonian; deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution : Florida, Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, St. Thomas, Dominica, St. Vincent, Grenada, Barbados, Venezuela. Material examined: Two dry specimens, Pigeon Key, Florida, April 17, 1923, Cat. no. 212. Two young specimens, Turtle Harbor, Florida, 2y2 fms., April 19, 1922. One, from the south of Catalina Creek, Cuba, February 14, 1923. Two, from Barnet Harbor, Bahamas, January, 19 , field tag 12. All collected by the "Ara." Color: This brittle star is usually a delicate lavender with a line of deep purple bordered with creamy lines running down each arm and with radiating lines of purple on the disk. The spines are glassy, ornamented with tiny barbules along the edges, and banded trans- versely with deep lavender and creamy rings. Life history : Apparently not yet studied. Technical description: Disk pentagonal, diameter 10.5 mm., arm length 54 mm. Almost the entire abactinal surface is covered by the radial shields except a narrow band on the interradial region separat- ing the pairs of radial shields and supporting a series of long, slender spines which are set in approximately three rows ; these spines also occur on the center of the disk, also in a single line between the two radial shields of each pair. The radial shields are large, naked, occupying almost the entire dorsal surface of the disk ; each shield is triangular with the apex directed inward, reaching almost to the center of the disk ; the entire margin presents an acute angle terminat- ing in a rounded peak. The interbrachial region of the actinal surface is covered with tough skin and bears several spines similar to those of the dorsal surface but much smaller. The genital slit is long, extending from the mouth-plate angle to the lateral margin. The mouth-shields are broadly nearly oval, or heart-shaped, with the outer margin rounded, the inner produced to a small peak; the width of the shield is twice its length. The side mouth-shields are short, triangular with the corners rounded, meeting within. Tooth papillae 18, arranged in an oval figure, the outer ones the longest, the inner ones shorter. There are four teeth, the uppermost one the longest, 112 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV with rounded cutting edges. The under arm-plates are as long as broad, with the outer margin wider than the inner, the corners rounded; the lateral margins are reenteringly curved where the ten- tacle scale fits. The side arm-plates are strongly developed and bear stout projections carrying the arm-spines. The arm-spines are in series of five ; the uppermost one is the longest ; all are long, slender, sharp, somewhat flattened, with about nine or ten spines on each margin. The dorsal arm-plates are small, about as long as broad, with the inner margin relatively straight and shorter than the outer margin which is decidedly convex, the lateral margins are straight and sloping. References: Ophiothrix suensonii Lutken, Yid. Med., p. 16, 1856; Add. ad Hist. Oph., pt. II, pi. 4, fig. 12 a-e, p. 250, 1861.— Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, p. 157, 1864. — H. L. Clark, ibid, XXV, p. 279, 1915; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., LXII, p. 313, 1918-19. Family: OPHIOCOMIDAE. Genus : OPHIOCOMA L. Agassiz. Ophiocoma aethiops Lutken. Plate 65. Type: Lutken 's type was obtained at Panama and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution : The tropical west coast of America from Lower Cali- fornia to Panama and also at the Galapagos Islands. Littoral. Material examined : Five very large specimens, collected in "Webb Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands, in a tide-pool, February, 1928, by the "Ara." Color: Black, occasionally mottled with grayish. Technical description : Brittle star, large, arms stout. Disk diam- eter 34 mm. ; arm length 125 mm. Abactinal surface and surface of interbrachial regions covered with fine round granules, which are much finer than those of its "West Indian congener, Ophiocoma echinata. Mouth-shield small, squarish with angles rounded, forming a broad oval nearly circular. Side mouth-shields fitting close around the mouth-shields, meeting in the middle. Mouth papillae eight or nine; one very wide blunt tooth nearest the jaw angle, followed by two longer, narrow, blunt papillae and then a cluster of three shorter papillae at the apex. Teeth strong with truncated tips. Bulletin^ Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 65. Ophiocoma aethiops Lutken, A, section of side-arm, showing spines, x 4 ; B, section of oral surface of disk x3; C, detail of ventral arm-plate x4; D, section of aboral surface of disk x 3. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Mi-seem, Vol. IV Plate 66. Ophioderma appressum (Say), A, section of aboral surface of disk xo; section of oral surface of disk x5; cross-section of side arm x 7. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 113 The arms are wider and stouter than in 0. echinata. The under arm-plates are small, slightly wider on the outer margin than long, the outer margin rounded ; the side margins concave, the inner margin narrow, straight. The side arm-plates bear four spines each; these substantially increasing in size from ventral to dorsal of the series, the dorsal spine being very stout, blunt-tipped. The upper arm-plate is short and quite wide with the outer margin nearly parallel to the inner one. References: Ophiocoma aethiops Lutken, Kongl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 5th Raekke, Bd. 5, p. 243, 1859.— H. L. Clark, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXII, p. 217, 1913; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 291, pi. 13, figs. 6, 7, 1915. Family: OPHIODERMATIDAE. Genus : OPHIODEBMA Muller and Troschel. Ophioderma appressum (Say). Plates 66, 75B and 76B. Type: Say's type material came from the coasts of Florida and is deposited in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Distribution: South Carolina at Charleston, Florida, Bahamas, Bermuda, Jamaica, St. Thomas, Haiti, Venezuela, Brazil at Victoria. Littoral to 50 fms. Material examined: Two specimens, taken at Porto Padre, Cuba, 2 fms., March, 1928, collected by the "Ara," Cat. no. 214. Color : Variable, one form is dark ash-gray ; another is dark green marbled with yellow. Technical description: Disk diameter 19 mm.; arm length 115 mm. The entire abactinal surface is covered by regularly distributed, coarse rounded granules which are also continuous on the outer lateral and interbrachial spaces of the actinal surface. The genital slit is long, granulated. Mouth papillae 16, or 18 to 20, unequal, but set in an even row, the first slender, the second more than twice as broad as the first, the third and fourth squarish; the fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth slender, acuminate, slightly increasing in size in the order named, the two teeth occurring at the apex of the jaw being substan- tially larger than the rest. Teeth five, strong, blunt, triangular, in series one above the other, the basal and uppermost ones of the series being somewhat smaller and shorter than those between. Mouth- shields heart-shaped, in some specimens with the height equal to or 114 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV slightly greater than the width, in others the mouth-plate is very much wider with the width 1.4 times the height. The side mouth-shields are very narrow, with the outer end forming a wedge that fits between the mouth-shield and arm-plate and extends to the margin of the genital slit. The side mouth-plates are covered by the same type of coarse, rounded granules that appear on the disk. The first under arm-plate is smaller than the others and its inner margin fills the angle of the mouth aperture. The second to eighth under arm-plates are subquadrate with the outer margin convex, the inner one slightly concave; the lateral margins concave. Near the tip of the arm these plates appear fan-shaped. Tentacular scales two, the inner one oblong- ovate, the outer one only two-thirds as long and broader, truncated at the distal end; both conspicuous, oval, the inner fitting into the concave margin on each side of the under arm-plate. The side arm- plates are arched, nearly twice as wide as long, with the outer margin a little convex, the inner nearly straight ; the arm-spines in series of six to nine, about four-fifths as long as the supporting arm-plate and extending for almost that distance upon the adjacent plates from the second to eighth are each about twice as wide as long, with the inner and outer margins relatively straight, the outer angles rounded. Farther down toward the tip of the arm the inner margin of these plates is distinctly shorter than the outer margin and the plates are narrower. The dorsal arm-plates are wide. References: Ophiura appressa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., V, p. 151, 1825.— Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, p. 94, 1864. Ophioderma virescens Lutken, Add. ad Hist. Oph., pt. 2, p. 194, pi. 1, figs. 4 a-4 d, 1859. Ophioderma appressum H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 300, 1915. Ophioderma variegatum Lutken. Plate 67. Type: Lutken 's type came from Realego, Nicaragua, 5 fins., and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution : San Diego, Calif. ; Lower California, Gulf of Lower California, Costa Rica, Pearl Islands, Galapagos Islands. Material examined: Eight specimens, collected at Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, February, 1928, Cat. no. 260. These establish the first record of the species from Costa Rica. Color: Variable. The disk is usually vivid green, occasionally Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 67. Ophioderma variegatum Lutken x3; A, section showing spines of side-arm; B, section of oral surface of disk; C, section of aboral surface of disk. Billktix, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 68. Ophioderma cincreum Muller and Troschel x 1, aboral surface. Bulletin. Vanderbilt Makine Mcskcm, Vol. IV Plate 69. Ophioderma cinereum Muller and Troschel, oral surface of same specimen shown in plate 69, nearly natural size. Boone, Echinodermatar Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 115 bright rose-red or dull yellowish brown; the arms are banded trans- versely with grayish green or dull yellowish brown on the dorsal surface. Life history: Unrecorded. Technical description: All eight of the "Ara" specimens are young adults. The disk diameter of an average specimen is 8 mm., arm length 25 mm. The abactinal surface and interbrachial regions of the actinal surface are covered with small rounded granules, be- neath which the surface is paved with large, flat scales. The mouth- shields are small, with the outer margin rounded; the inner margins wedge-shaped, forming an acute angle. The side mouth-shields are large, oblongish, meeting in the center. The mouth papillae are 16 to 17, blunt-tipped, squarish, except the two or three acuminate teeth of the apex. Tooth papillae strong, triangulate, acuminate. Genital slits not very long. The under arm-plate is somewhat shield-shape, with the outer mar- gin rounded, the sides excavate, the inner margin shorter than the outer, nearly straight. The side arm-plates are arched, projecting well down on the ventral and dorsal surfaces and furnished on the rounded outer margin with six short, pointed spines. The dorsal arm-plate is longer than wide, with the inner margin straight, the outer broader and convex, the lateral margins concave, divergent outwardly. References: Ophioderma variegata Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh. Foren. Kjobenh., p. 21, 1856; Kong. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter. 5th Raekke, Bd. 5, p. 199, 1861.— H. L. Clark, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XXXII, p. 205, 1913 ; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 302, pi. 18, figs. 7 and 8, 1915.— Boone, Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll., vol. II, art. 6, p. 7, 1928. Ophioderma cinereum Muller and Troschel. Plates 68 and 69. Type: Locality unknown. Deposited in the Wien Museum. Distribution: Southern Florida, Bahamas, Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti, St. Thomas, Barbados, Mexican coast south of Vera Cruz, Panama, Brazil, Port Seguro. Depth : littoral to 70 fms. Material examined : Two very large specimens, dredged in 70 fms., south of Marquesas Keys, Florida, March 2, 1924, by the "Ara," "William K. Vanderbilt, commanding. 116 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Color: In life this serpent-star is usually brown or deep gray, flecked with darker tones of these colors; the arms are cross-banded with brown and creamy tan alternately, the lighter bands usually considerably wider than the brown markings. Habits: This species apparently prefers to dwell in the sheltered rock crevices of the outer reefs. Technical description : Disk pentagonal, diameter 19 mm. ; arm length 94 mm. Abactinal surface except the radial plates entirely covered by small regular, rounded granules, which also cover the lateral walls and interbrachial region of the actinal surface and the side mouth-plates. The mouth-shields are wide heart-shaped with the apex directed inward, or nearly oval. The side mouth-shields are long and narrow, meeting inwardly and outwardly extending to the genital slit. There are 18 mouth papillae; the outermost one is larger than any of the others, with a squarish base and produced at the inner distal angle into a slender, acuminate process which extends inward across the margin of the second tooth to that of the third tooth. The second to eighth teeth inclusive are irregular, rectangular or wedge- shape; the ninth tooth is larger than the others and has a broad, triangular point. The inner genital slit is short, separated from the outer slit by a distance equal to one and one-half times the length of the inner slit, or about equal to the outer slit which is also short and does not extend to the lateral margin. The genital plates are smooth. The first under arm-plate is small, triangular, wider than long, with the apex directed outward and separated from the second plate by a pair of submedian pores. From the second plate outward, the plates are shield-shaped, about 1.4 times longer than wide, with the outer margin convex, the lateral margins slightly concave ; the elongate oval tentacle scale fitting close against these lateral margins. The second or outer tentacle scale is not quite so long as the first and is more bluntly truncated distally. The side arm-plates are nearly three times as wide as the under arm-plates and have the outer margin convex and especially rounded toward each end. On the eighth plate, which is the first side plate entirely free, there are nine arm-spines which are repeated to the sixteenth plate, beyond which there are usually only eight spines, and near the arm tip these decrease to five on each plate. The spines are short, conical, laterally compressed, blunt- tipped, slightly decreasing in size from the ventral to dorsal size of the series. There are a series of coarse, flat scales at the base of the arm on the upper surface. The dorsal arm-plates are about four times Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 70. Ophioderma longicauda (Linck), A, section of side-arm, showing spines, much enlarged; B, section of oral surface of disk; C, section of aboral surface of disk. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 111 as wide as long, with the outer and inner margins nearly straight, the outer lateral corner rounded; the lateral margins are somewhat rounded. References : Ophioderma cinereum Muller and Troschel, Syst. Ast., p. 87, 1842.— H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXV, p. 301, 1915. Ophioderma antillarum Lutken, Vid. MeddeL, p. 9, 1856; Add. ad Hist. Ophiur., pt. 2, p. 88, pi. 1, figs. 1 a-1 e, 1859. Ophiura cinerea Lyman, Illus. Cat., Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., I, p. 27, 1865. — Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., X, p. 485, 1900; ibid, XII, p. 325, 1904-07. Ophioderma longicauda (Linck). Plate 70. Type: The depository of Linck 's type is not known to me. Distribution: Littoral. Abundant in the Mediterranean Sea, the Adriatic Sea, on both coasts of France, in the Atlantic it is found on the coast of the Hispanic Peninsula and the coast of France as far as La Rochelle, on the west African coast it is found down to the equator. It is also found in the Azores and at Madeira. Material examined : Eight specimens, dredged in 19 fms., 10 miles south of Cagliari, Sardinia, July 23, 1927, by the "Ara," Cat no. 217. Color : Alcohol preserved specimen : abactinal surface brown with grayish flecks; actinal surface creamy with grayish tinge. Technical description: Disk pentagonal, diameter 14 mm., arm length 65 mm. The entire abactinal surface is covered by regularly distributed, coarse, rounded granules which are also continuous on the outer lateral and the interbrachial spaces of the actinal surface. The genital slits are of moderate length with the margins granulated. Mouth papillae 10 to 12, unequal, with the outer surfaces flattish, the first tooth produced at its inner angle into a slender process; the second tooth the largest of the series, squarish; the third to ninth (or eleventh in the larger series) teeth are of irregular shape, usually tapered distally; the tooth at the apex of the jaw is about as large as the first tooth and is rounded distally. Teeth five, strong, blunt, triangular, in series, one above the other, the basal one being narrower distally than the others. Mouth-shields heart-shaped, wider than long, with the rounded apex directed inward. In some 118 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV specimens the mouth-shields are nearty oval. The side mouth-shields are long and narrow and are covered on their outer surface by a series of coarse, rounded granules, like those on the disk. The first under- arm plate is much smaller than the others and is nearly oval, or heart- shaped, and its inner margin fills the angle of the mouth aperture. The succeeding arm-plates are subquadrate, with the outer margins a very little convex, the lateral margins a little concave. On the outer third of the arm, these plates become fan-shaped. Tentacular scales, two, the inner, the longer, both bluntly rounded distally. The side arm-plates are arched, a little more than twice as wide as long, with the outer margin a little convex, tapered on the dorsal side especially. The dorsal arm-plates are very wide, three to three and one-half times as wide as long, with the inner and outer margins nearly parallel, the lateral margins somewhat rounded. The arm-spines are in series of eight, thick, bluntish tipped, slightly increasing in length from the dorsal to ventral of each series. References: Stella lumoricalis longicauda Linck, De Stell. Marinis, p. 47, tab. XI, fig. 17, 1733.— Seba, Thes. Tab. V, figs. 1, 2. Asterias longicauda Retzius, Dissert, sist. spec. cog. Aster., p. 28, 1805. Ophiura lacertosa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., ed. II, p. 542, 1835. — Bronn, H. G., Syst. durweltl. Pflanzenth. taf. II, fig. 5, 1825.— Grube, Echinod. und Wurmer, des Adriatischen und Mittel- meeres, Konigsberg, 1840, p. 16. Asterias ophiura Delle Chiaje, Mem. Anim. sen. vert. Napoli, torn. Ill, tab. 20, fig. 1, 1823-29. Ophioderma longicauda Muller and Troschel, Syst. Asterid., p. 86, 1842.— Ludwig, Mitt. Zool. Station Neapel. Bd. I, p. 545, 1879.— Koehler, Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. XLI, p. 281, 1907 ; Exped. du "Travailleur" et "Talisman," Ophiurans, p. 249, 1907; Ann. Inst. Oceanog., vol. II, p. 13, Echinod. des Mers d 'Europe, I, p. 333, 1924; Faune de France, I, Echinod, p. 87, fig. 58, 1921, Paris. — Marchisio, Bull. Mus. Torino, vol. XI, no. 227, p. 3, Feb., 1896. Ophiura laevis Lyman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 1, p. 10, 1865. Ophioderma longicauda var. guineense Koehler, Beit, zur Kenntnis der Meeresfauna Westafrika Bd. I, p. 173, pi. 9, figs. 1-3, 1914. Bulletin. Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 71. Ophiura sarsi Lutken, x 4 ; A, section of side-arm with spines; B, section of oral surface of disk; C, section of aboral surface of disk. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 119 Family : OPHIOLEPIDIDAE. Genus : OPHIXJRA Lamarck. Ophiura sarsii Lutken. Plate 71. Type : Lutken 's type material came from Scandinavian waters and is deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution: This species has a remarkable bathymetric occur- rence, ranging from 20 to 3123 meters. It is widely distributed in the Arctic and subarctic regions of Europe, Asia and America, having been recorded from the Russian and Scandinavian coasts, southward to the Faroes and Heligoland in the North Sea ; in Green- land ; on the east American coast down to Cape Hatteras, N. C, across the American Arctic and down to California on the American Pacific coast, and on the Asiatic coast down to Japan. Material examined: One specimen, collected at Eastport, Maine, by the "Eagle," Cat. no. 297. Color: See Koehler's color plate in the Report on the Echinoderms secured by the "Princess Alice." The brittle star is dark red or nearly red-brown and is often maculated. Life history: Unknown. Dr. Mortensen suggests that Ophioplu- teus compressus may be the larva of 0. sarsi. In growth this latter species appears to be similar to the European 0. texturata. Parasites : A curious undescribed organism of sac-like form, which attacks and destroys the genital organs of the brittle star, has been recorded as especially abundant in Trondhjem Fjord by Dr. Mor- tensen. Isn't this parasite a Rhizocephalid crustacean? Technical description : The specimen figured has a disk diameter of 26 mm. ; arm length, tip incomplete, 64 mm. and is about five to six years old. The abactinal surface is covered with rather coarse irregular scales; the primaries of which are usually distinct. The radial shields are half, or scarcely half of the disk radius, widest just above the dorsal arm-plate where they are contiguous or slightly separated, approximately broad pear-seed shaped with the apices directed inward, or sometimes nearly circular. The outer arm-comb bears 9 to 14 short, stout, conic papillae. The interbrachial spaces of the actinal surface are paved with irregular large, coarse scales, those near the circumference being the larger. The mouth-shields are large, somewhat shield-shaped, with the outer margin rounded, the side margins a little concave, the inner margins meeting in an angle. 120 Bulletin, Yanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV The side mouth-shields are long, slender, rectangular, not quite meet- ing in the middle and reaching to the border of the genital slit out- wardly. The genital slits are long, reaching to the outer margin and paved on the interbrachial sidewall with large flat scales and mar- gined with tooth-like papillae, similar to but smaller than those of the arm-comb. The mouth papillae are 9 to 10, flattish, blunt, well separated, the apical tooth pointed. The teeth are in series of 9 or 10, one above the other, the innermost one smaller than the others. The under arm-plates are broad triangles, well separated from each other in the median line by the meeting side arm-plates. On the distal part of the arm these latter become larger and the under arm- plate smaller, so that the length in the median line is greater than that of the under arm-plate. The side arm-plates are arched, not extending high upon the dorsal surface. There are three stout, coni- cal arm-spines in each series, these increasing slightly in length from ventral to dorsal. The dorsal arm-plates are very wide and short and strongly arched. The proximal pore pair has three or four ten- tacle scales at the inner edge ; farther out there are only two tentacle scales and still farther toward the extremity, only one. References: Ophiura sarsii Lutken, Vidensk. Meddel. for 1854, p. 101 ; Kong. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, pt. 1, p. 42, pi. 1, figs. 3a-4d, 1858. — H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 323, 1915.— Mortensen, Echinod. of British Isles, p. 238, figs. 128-1-2, 1927. Ophioglypha sarsii Koehler, Echinod. of the "Princess Alice," Monaco, fasc. XXXIV, p. 155, pi. 7, fig. 3, 1909 (color plate). Ophiura texturata Lamarck. Plates 72 and 73. Type: Lamarck designated the habitat of this species as "the seas of Europe and the Atlantic Ocean," and deposited his type in his cabinet; since placed in the Paris Museum. Distribution: Known from the coasts of Norway, Denmark, the British Isles, northern France, the Hispanic Peninsula and the Medi- terranean Sea. It has been recorded repeatedly from the tidal zone to 200 meters deep in northern waters and in the Mediterranean from depths reaching to 300 meters. Material examined: One large specimen, dredged in 35 fms., N. E. by N. of Cape Carthage, Gulf of Tunis, Mediterranean Sea, Bulletin, A'axderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 72. Ophiura texturata Lamarck, oral view of specimen from the Gulf of Tunis, natural size. Bulletin, Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 73. Ophiura texturata Lamarck, aboral view of the same specimen shown in Plate 72, natural size. Boone, Echinodermata, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 121 July 21, 1927, collected by the "Ara," William K. Vanderbilt, com- manding. Cat. no. 210. Color: In life the abactinal surface is reddish or reddish brown, frequently maculated; the actinal surface is yellowish or whitish. Life history: The early stages of this serpent star have been carefully studied. The larva is said to be clearly differentiated from those of other closely related species by having fenestrated rods in the posterolateral arms. The young attain sexual maturity in the third year, at a diameter of 7 to 11 mm. Technical description: The "Ara" specimen figured is between five and six years old. Disk diameter 25 mm., length of arm 71 mm. The abactinal surface is covered with flat, irregular, overlapping scales, the central one of which is circular and is surrounded by a sort of rosette formed of primary and secondary scales, radiating from this center, down the middle of each interbrachial space is a series of larger, roundish scales overlapping smaller ones adjacent to the radial plates. The radial plates are only about one-half as long as the disk radius, widest just above the innermost dorsal arm-plate, where they are contiguous or slightly separated, approximately pear-seed shape with the apices directed inward. The outer arm-comb bears about 30 to 34 long, slender papillae. The interbrachial spaces of the actinal surface are paved with irregular-sized, large, flat scales, those near the lateral border being the largest. The genital slits are very long and are outlined on the outer lateral wall by a long, flat scale, which bears on its upper margin a fringe of fine short spinules. The mouth-shields are very large with the inner lateral margins convergent, forming a triangle; the outer lateral margins are nearly parallel the greater part of their length, converging outwardly with the rounded outer margin. The side mouth-plates are long and nar- row with the slenderer, outer distal angle reaching down to the genital slit, inwardly the side mouth-plates narrow, but the tips, which are triangular, do not meet. The mouth papillae are 18 to 21, acuminate, of moderate size; 10 to 12 of these are clustered in two rows across the apex of the jaw. The teeth are acuminate, the innermost one slightly narrower and sharper than the others. The first under arm-plate is rectangular, about twice as wide as long, well separated in the median line by a pair of large, pore- shaped grooves. The second tentacle pore is outside the mouth-slit, but opens into the mouth-angle. The second to eighth under arm- plates are wide, triangular, each with the apex directed inward and 122 Bulletin, Vanderlilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV well separated from each other; beyond the eighth plate the under arm-plates noticeably narrow and the outer margin of each becomes slightly convex. The side arm-plates are wide and extend upon both the ventral and dorsal surfaces. On the proximal part of the arm there are three to four tentacle scales on each side, and farther out on the arm, two and distally, only one tentacle scale. There are three stout, conical arm-spines present. The lower one is the shortest, scarcely exceeding the length of the adjacent tentacle scale ; the median spine is the largest, about as long as the supporting arm-plate ; the third spine is nearly as long as the second; all three are equally well separated. The first dorsal arm-plate is triangular, small; the second, third and fourth plates are also small, squarish or rectangu- lar; the remaining proximal dorsal arm-plates are much wider than long, four to five times as wide as long, with the inner and outer margins nearly straight, the lateral margins dovetailing with those of the side arm-plates; farther out on the arm, the outer margin of each dorsal plate is rounded. References : Ophiura texturata Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. Ill, p. 221, 1840, (with early synonymy). — Lutken, Kongl. Danske Videnskab. Skrifter, 5th Raekke, Bd. 5, part 1, p. 36, pi. 1, figs, la-e, 1861. — Mortensen, Th., Handb. Brit. Echinod., p. 236, fig. 128, parts 3, 4, 1927. Asterias ciliaris Linne, ed. 12, p. 1101, 1767. Asterias ciliata Retzius (Retzius not available in American libraries). Asterias ophiura Linne, ed. 10, p. 662, 1758. Asterias lacertosa Pennant, Brit. Zool., vol. IV, p. 130, tab. 34, fig. 1, 1812. Ophiura ophiura H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XXV, p. 323, 1915. Genus : OPHIOLEPIS Muller and Troschel. OpMolepis elegans Lutken. Plates 74, 75A and 76A. Type : Taken at St. Thomas, Danish West Indies, and deposited in the Copenhagen Museum. Distribution: Charleston, S. C; Florida, Cuba, Mexico, Jamaica. Depth: 2 to 30 fms. Material examined: One specimen, taken in Porto Padre, Cuba, March, 1928, by the ( Eh H P - 3 =1-1 Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 191 lacking. The alcoholic specimens are purplish brown with a wart-like skin. There is a large circular peacock eyespot of purplish black be- low the eye on either side near the base of the web and approximately between the second and third arms. The inner surface of the suckers is creamy yellowish. Technical description: The body is elongate pyriform, enlarged and rounded posteriorly. The head is large, narrower than the body, from which it is defined by a slight constriction. The sides of the head about the eyes are prominent. The upper surface of the head, body and web is entirely covered with conspicuous, elevated warts of differ- ent sizes. These are especially numerous around the eye. Above and behind the eye there is one conspicuous warted surface. On the ventral surface of the body these warts are normally smaller. The web is well developed, uniting the proximal region of the arms for a consid- erable distance. It is broadest between the second and third pairs of arms, also more extensive between the dorsal pairs of arms than be- tween the ventral pair. The ventral surface of the web and arms and lateral surface of the arms are covered with very numerous conical warts, closely crowded and frequently appearing in patches, separated by reticulated wrinkles. The arms are unequal, the dorsal pair being distinctly the shortest; the second, third and fourth pairs are very nearly equal. Near the base the arms are rounded trapezoidal, the ventral face broad, bearing two rows of alternating suckers, the dorsal surface is rounded ; the membrane along the sides of the arm in con- tinuation of the web is narrow, almost linear, and extends for only a short distance. The suckers, arranged alternatingly in two rows, are large, circular, with a deep central pit, saucer-shaped, with strong, fine, radiating grooves; the margin is distinctly expanded with two borders, the outer of which is soft and finely crenulated, the inner one divided into lobes by radiating grooves. There are 30 to 32 suckers on the proximal part of the arms; these are large, but little elevated, with broad bases. Beyond the web, the suckers diminish rapidly in size. On the distal half of the free arms they become very small but extend quite to the tip. For description and figures of the hectocotylized third right arm of the male, consult Verrill. The largest specimen recorded by Verrill has its greatest arm length 550 mm., or a total maximum reach of 1100 mm. The specimen before me is scarcely half that size. 192 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV References: Octopus bimaculatus Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XI, p. 121, pi. V, figs. 1, la, pi. VI, 1883. Octopus brevipes D'Orbigny. Plate 120. Type: Collected "23° N., 35° W. de Paris." Deposited in the Paris Museum. Measurement : 17 mm. long. Distribution: Known only from the type, to which the "Ara" specimens dredged in 300 fms., fifty miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Pan- ama, Pacific Ocean, add a second record. The present specimens are referred to this species with some doubt, in view of the rejection of D'Orbigny's species by Mr. Robson, yet the identity of the Pacific specimens with D'Orbigny's imperfect description precludes their being designated as new. Material examined : Five specimens dredged in 300 fms., 50 miles S. W. of Cape Mala, Panama, Pacific Ocean, March 16, 1926, by the "Ara." Technical description: Body very soft, almost gelatinous, ovoid, its posterior margin broadly rounded; body somewhat narrowed an- teriorly ; mantle margin free from a point in line with and behind the upper orbital margin across the ventral surface to an identical point on the opposite side, thus creating a very wide aperture. Head small, scarcely as long as its dorsal width between the eyes; funnel short, set almost in line with the eyes ; funnel aperture with the upper mar- gin slightly longer than the lower and curved a little over the aper- ture, in all five dead specimens, forming a sort of protective flap. Eye large, with deep steely blue rim and medium-sized ball. Arms very short, decreasing in length in the order 3, 2, 4, 1, as figured. Web short, transparent, relatively of subequal arcs. Suckers in a single row, set well apart. The third arm has 16 suckers; the second arm also has 15 suckers; the fourth arm has 22 to 24 very small suckers, and the first arm has 9 or 10 suckers. Chromatophores are very abun- dant in the dead specimen and are of very jagged, irregular, blotch- like contour. The beak is strong. References: Octopus brevipes D'Orbigny, Voy. dans L'Amerique Merid., tome V, p. 22. Atlas, pi. I, figs. 1-3, 1835-43. Hist. Nat. Cephal. Acet., t. I, p. 22, figs. 1-3, 1835.— Robson, Mon. Cephal. Brit. Mus., p. 215, 1929. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 120. Octopus brevipes D'Orbigny: A, dorsal view ■ 2; B, umbrella x2; C, typical sucker x 6. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 121, Octopus vulgaris Lamarck, about one-third of natural size; A, typical sucker, x 4. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 193 Octopus (Octopus) vulgaris Lamarck. Plate 121. Type: Lamarck's type was deposited in the Paris Museum. Distribution : This species has practically a circumtropic distribu- tion, having been reliably recorded in European and adjacent waters from Heligoland in the North Sea southward to through the Mediter- ranean and Aegean Seas ; it is also found on the English coast, north- west Ireland, Mauritania and the Azores. It is also found on the West African coast down to South Africa. In American waters it is known on the East Coast from Cape Hatteras, N. C, southward through the West Indies to Bahia, Brazil. On the West Coast of America it is known from the Gulf of California at Angel de la Guardia and San Jose Island, also from the Bay of Panama. In Asian waters it has been reliably recorded from Japan. It was reported in 1840 by D'Orbigny from Mauritius, India and Timor in the Indo- Pacific. Robson (1929) calls attention to the fact that in recent years reports of the Indo-Malaysian, Indian Ocean and South African re- gions do not record 0. vulgaris. The present writer has re-examined specimens recorded (Boone, 1928) from Double Headed Shot Cay and at Swan Island, Caribbean Sea, also those cited above from Lower California, in critical comparison with true 0. rugosus from both regions and with careful regard for Robson 's masterly diagnoses (1929) of the two species and finds that her original classification of these as 0. vulgaris is valid. Material examined: One specimen, Bimini, Bahamas Islands, March, 1924. One taken at Miami, Florida. The cut-off arm of a specimen which resisted capture and attacked one of the sailors on the schooner "Sonia" while the boat was crossing from Bimini to Miami Beach, Florida. This specimen was probably between seven and eight feet umbrella diameter. The naturalist of the "Sonia," Mr. L. L. Mowbray, reported that the octopus was basking in the sun- light close to the surface, as if asleep, when first sighted. A mother octopus, with umbrella diameter of about 10 inches, and her brood of 522 young, seven of which are not fully escaped from the egg-capsule ; taken from loggerhead sponge, Knight's Key, Florida, dredging 2 fms., March 6, 1925. Two young, Le Mole, Carenge Bay, Haiti, February 5, 1924. One very minute young, taken in 34 fms., off Fowey Rock Light, Florida, April 26, 1922. One large specimen, Bimini, British West Indies. Another large specimen, Miami, Flor- 194 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. TV ida, 1923. One very young specimen, Cualeo Reales Channel, Cuba, February 18, 1923. One large octopus, caught by hand in rock crev- ice, Miami, Florida, no. 10, lot B. One very large specimen, Monaco Harbor, Mediterranean Sea. Habits : This octopus makes its home in rock crevices and is entirely carnivorous. It is of about one-quarter-inch body length when it escapes from the egg capsule. One mother will lay about 800 to 1000 eggs at a brood ; each egg is encased in a thin capsule, and all of these are connected by a flexible gelatin-like rope, which is fastened in some protected rock crevice. The mother tends these, blowing water on them through her funnel, cleansing and aerating them. The above record of a mother and her brood appears to be the first capture of practically an entire brood, reliably establishing the large progeny of one mother. It is most interesting to note the practically identical development of these young octopi. Only thirteen of the five hundred and twenty-two were appreciably larger than the others, while the seven remaining partially within the capsules were but a trifle smaller than the rest. Color: In life this species is ordinarily purplish but is capable of changing its color very rapidly, either to assume the color of its sur- roundings or, under excitement, to frighten its prey. I have watched specimens which we kept alive for several months in the Miami, Flor- ida, Aquarium with much interest. When resting or sleeping in the rock crevices the octopus would assume a dull reddish gray or brown, similar to the sand or rock on which it was resting and would retain this color for an observed period of as much as four hours. But the slightest disturbance of the animal would prompt a quick change of color, dull purplish red being the usual color under excitement. In battle with another octopus or a large spiny lobster (Panulirus argus Latreille), this purplish red would become intensified, then receding, passing over the octopus' body in recurrent waves. If this, combined with the sinuous motions of the arms, failed to frighten the foe, dis- charge of ink from the ink-sac would next be practiced, the ink being discharged in as many as six separate ejections, the second discharge replacing the discoloration of the first discharge as the latter faded, and so forth. I have also seen these octopi, when robbed of their rocky crevices and placed in a clear sunlit tank with whitish coral sand bot- tom, fade themselves into this background by assuming a creamy color. I have also seen the octopi quite frequently in the Bay Biscayne rest- ing on the bottom with the umbrella spread sucker side up, the con- tour of the arms half buried in the sand. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 122. Octopus (Octopus) verrilli Hoyle, x 1.5. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 195 Technical description: Robson in his "Monograph of Recent Cephalopoda," part I, p. 57, pi. 1, fig. 1, etc., has given a masterly diagnosis of this species based upon an extensive series of animals. The "Ara" specimens present an unusually fine series of this spe- cies, ranging in size from young, half-escaped from the capsule, to part of an adult of 6 to 8 feet web diameter. The mother and nest of 522 young are especially interesting, and, so far as I am aware, they represent the only catch of this kind on record. References : Octopus vulgaris Lamarck, Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris, II, p. 130, 1798. Octopus (Octopus) vulgaris Robson, Mon. Cephal. Brit. Mus., p. 57, pi. 1, fig. 1, text figs. 6, 7, 1929. Octopus (Octopus) verrilli Hoyle Plate 122. Type : This species was founded on two very young specimens, one taken by the "Blake" at Station 142, Flannegan Passage, 27 fms., the other taken at Station 278, off Barbados. Depository not stated. Distribution: Apparently restricted to the type localities and the three specimens taken by the "Ara," off Miami, Florida, in 200 fms., March 31, 1926. Color : There is no record of the color of the living specimens. Ver- rill records from dead specimens that the entire surface of the body above and below had numerous large round, reddish brown or dark brown spots, usually with a darker center, between which spots there were numerous smaller chromatophores. The inner surfaces of the web and arms he described as being yellowish white. The "Ara" specimens, which are about of a diameter of four to four and a half inches, have been so long preserved that the color is too faded to merit description. Hoyle (1886) pointed out that the name pictus originally given this species by Verrill was preoccupied by Brock's Australian pictus. Rob- son (1929) pointed out that there is a still earlier usage of the name for an octopus by de Blainville (1828). Technical description: The largest of the "Ara" specimens meas- ures : total length, 78 mm. ; arm, 44 mm. from base to tip. The body 196 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV in all three specimens is decidedly dorsoventrally compressed, ovoid, somewhat quadrate in contour, with the head but little narrower than the body, not separated by a neck. The optical lobes are prominent, the eyes of moderate size, with a single wart above each. The mantle aperture is somewhat narrowed, the siphon very short, tapered, with small aperture. The arms decrease in length in the order 1, 2, 3, 4, pairs 1, 2 and 3 being almost equal and 4 about 5 mm. shorter than 3. The suckers are in double series, large, round, diminishing in size dis- tally. The arcs of the web are of approximately subequal depth equivalent to about one-third of the arm length, except in the ventral pair, where it is minutely shallower. The entire surface is very soft, with fine punctae, which, under the microscope, show as papillae, forming an approximate reticulation. There are many large chro- matophores on the body and web, especially on the dorsal surface. The beak is very strong. Verrill suggests that this may be the young of some other species. Robson (1929) suggests that it may be the young of 0. rugosus. Pos- sibly so, but it appears distinctly different from the many hundreds of young Octopus rugosus the present writer has observed in the Florida Keys and hatched in her aquaria. References : Octopus pictus Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. XI, p. 112, pi. 3, fig. 3, 1883 (preoccupied de Blainville, 1828, p. 8.). Octopus verrilli Hotle, Rept. Voy. "Challenger" Zool., XVI, p. 93, 1886. — Robson, Mon. of Cephalopoda in British Museum, p. 162, 1929. Genus: scaeurgus Troschel. Scaeurgus unicirrhus (delle Chiaje, Mss., 1838) D'Orbigny, 1840. Plate 123. Type : Not traced. Distribution : Mediterranean Sea, Indian Ocean, Hawaiian Islands, Japan. Shallow water to 178 fms. Material examined: One specimen, dredged in 100 fms., off Cape Bon Tunis, 9y2 miles E. by S. y2 S., Mediterranean Sea, July 19, 1927, by the "Am." Color: The living octopus is a clear light green on the upper sur- face with brownish maculations, fading into a paler hue, with bluish iridescence near the margins of the arms. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 123. > .•r::V,>^rtv^--?/---'j;--:Vj^/,-::;.j:j:iV:*#i£^'- . - >•■ ■■■-.<• -' V, r^ \ ^.;-v?^':' •;%-:X--',v:-v.;.->-c: ■''.'•::»;-.V-;*;.;-f^g(Ji; / , " :■ * ':•';■■. . ■.-". ( ^ I Scaeurgus unicirrlius (delle Chiaje, Mss., 1838), D'Orbignv, 1840. Natural size. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 124. Eledone moschatus (Lamarck), about one-half of natural size. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of ' ' Eagle ' ' a nd ' ' Ara, ' ' 1921-28 197 Technical description: The ''Ara" specimen measures 32 mm. body length and is rather widely elongate oval, being about three-fifths as wide as long, convex posteriorly. There is a distinct low peripheral keel on the mantle. The head is a little narrower than the body, the eye rather small, with a single prominent cirrhus above the eye ; out- side and below the eye there is a linear rugosity of skin. The mantle aperture is narrow. The surface of the body is regularly covered with five roundish warts, some of which are individually multifid. These warts are somewhat less abundant on the ventral side of the body and web. The arms are about 75 per cent, of the total length and are nearly subequal. The suckers are very small, arranged in double rows, with 5 or 6 pairs of larger ones proximally, graduating to very minute ones distally. The web between is nearly 25 per cent, of the depth of the arms and is approximately of subequal depth. The web along the outer keel of each arm is very well developed on the proximal portion and extends in a narrowed form to within a short distance of the tip of the arm. The funnel organ is W-shaped. References: Octopus unicirrhus Delle Chiaje, Mss., 1838. — D'Or- bigny, and Ferussac, Cephal. Acetab., p. 70, pi. 1, 1835-38. Scaeurgus unicirrhus Tiberi, Boll. Soc. Mai. Ital., vol. 6, p. 12, 1880. — Jatta, Fauna und Flora Neapel, Mon. 23, p. 234, tav. 3, fig. 2, color plate, tav. 25, figs. 14-22, tav. 26, figs. 1-3, 1895 (with full synonymy and description). — Robson, Mon. Recent Cephalopoda, Brit. Mus., p. 192, 1929 (with synonymy and description). Genus: ELEDONE Leach. Eledone moschatus (Lamarck). Plate 124. Type: Collected in the Mediterranean; deposited in the Paris Mu- seum. Distribution : Mediterranean Sea, littoral to 50 fms., on both rocky and sandy bottoms. Material examined: One specimen, collected at Monaco, Mediter- ranean Sea, 1927, by the "Ara." Color : There is a very fine color plate of this species in the ' ' Flora and Fauna of the Gulf of Naples," table 3, figure 4, showing the octopus to be a light brownish mud color on the dorsal surface, with 198 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV conspicuous, big, circular spots of deep brownish black. The lower surface of the web and arms is brownish, with strong orange tones. Remarks: This octopus, which is considered a great table delicacy in the Mediterranean countries, is very powerful, having been known to jump out of the water for a distance of ten feet, also to pump a stream of water one foot high from its funnel. This species has a strong, musk-like odor, which persists even after death. Algerian women of the tribe M'talassa are said to anoint their hair with the inky liquid of this octopus, because of its musk-like odor. This is one of the oldest known species of octopus, having been re- corded by Aristotle, Pliny, Belon, Rondelet and other naturalists of early times. Technical description: Consult Jatta, 1896, p. 239; also Naef, 1923, p. 717. The body is elongate-ovoid, smooth or finely granulate, as desired by the octopus, the anterior margin of the mantle is free from a point immediately in line with and behind the upper margin of the orbit, across the ventral surface to that of the opposite orbit, thus creating a large aperture. The funnel is well developed, about as long as the head. The head is narrower than the body, rounded; the eye large. The web between the arms is of moderate depth, increasing in depth but very slightly from ventral to dorsal; the length from the post- orbital angle to the margin of the web is almost equal to the length of the body or is equal to about two-fifths of the length of the free portion of the arms. The arms are very long, slender, graceful, ta- pered, three and one-half to four times as long as the body, slightly decreasing in length from dorsal to ventral, in the order 1, 2, 3, 4. The suckers are in a single row, the large ones proximally situated. For discussion of the minute differences between this and the closely similar Mediterranean form, E. aldrovandi (Delle Chiaje), consult Jatta. References: Octopus moschatus Lamarck, Mem. d'Hist. Nat. Paris, tome I, p. 22, 1799. Eledone moschatus Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. Ill, p. 138, 1817. — Jatta, Fauna u. Flora Neapel, Mon. 23, p. 239, tav. 3, fig. 14 ; tav. 7, figs. 3 e 5 ; tav. 26, figs. 4-13 ; tav. 27, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10 e 11, 1896.— Naef, ibid, Mon. 35, p. 716, Bd. I, text figs. 426-430, 1923. Bulletin, Yanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 125. Figure A: Ischnochiton (Stenoplax) limaciformis Sowerby, natural size. Figure B: Chiton (Chiton) Jatm Sowerby, natural size. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 199 GASTEROPODA. AMPHINEURA. Subclass: Isopleura. Order: POLYPLACOPHORA. Superfamily : Mesoplacophora. Family: ISCHNOCHITONIDAE. Genus: ISCHNOCHITON Gray. Subgenus : Stenoplax Carpenter, s.s. Ischnochiton (Stenoplax) limaciformis Sowerby. Plate 125, fig. A. Type: The type material was collected at Lobos Island, Peru, and Guaycomayo, Central America, by Hugh Cuming. Depository not stated. Distribution: Mazatlan, Mexico, southward to the Lobos Islands, Peru, and also in the West Indies. According to Dr. Dall, it is, per- haps, also found in Japan. Material examined : One specimen, dredged in 5 fms., American Shoal Light, Florida, by the "Ara." This is a very large specimen. Color: Dorsally buff-gray or greenish, indistinctly mottled with darker tones and sometimes spotted with red ; ventral surface stained with bright pink and blue-green. Technical description : Shell very elongated, narrow, elevated, well arched, costulate longitudinally. Anterior valve: Finely sculptured with close, regular, concentric ridge, composed or irregular, wavy lines, also marked by occasional lines, indicating arrested growth development. Eleven slits are present. Intermediate valves : The central areas are separated from the lat- eral areas by a decided obtuse ridge, the lateral areas being well ele- vated. The sculpture on the central areas consists of fine longitudinal riblets, separated by interstices of equivalent width ; these riblets are continued upon the lateral areas, becoming heavier and wider there and being distinctly wavier on the slope between the two areas. One slit is present in each valve. Posterior valve: With the umbo subcentral, not very high; the central region marked with fine longitudinal riblets as on the other valves, and with the posterolateral slope behind the umbo sculptured with concentric rings of wavy ridges. Nine slits are present. 200 Bulletin, Vanderoilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV The sutural plates are well developed, the sinus flat, wide. Teeth sharp, smooth, Eaves solid, grayish. The girdle consists of very minute, flat, solid, non-striated scales. This species is readily recognized in the field by the sculpture of the lateral areas and end valves, which are not granulated but have slightly serrated concentric flat riblets. The girdle scales are very minute, flat, solid, not striated. References : Chiton limaciformis Broderip and Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1832, p. 26. — Sowerby, Conch Illus., fig. 38. — Reeve, Conch. Icon., tab. 8, fig. 42. Ischnochiton limaciformis Shuttleworth, Bern. Mittheil, p. 190, 1853. Ischnochiton (Stenoplax) limaciformis Carpenter, Mss. — Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, pt. 2, p. 415, 1889.— Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. 14, p. 57, 1892.— Dall, Proc. U. S.-Nat. Mus., vol. 37, p. 245, 1910. Ischnochiton multicostatus Dall (not C. B. Adams), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 6, p. 337, 1883. Chiton productus Reeve, Conch. Icon., t. 17, fig. 97, 1847. Chiton sanguineus Reeve, I. c, fig. 98. Superf amily : Teleoplacophora. Family: CHITONIDAE. Subfamily: Chitoninae. Genus : CHITON Linne, s.s. Subgenus : Chiton Chiton (Chiton) latus Sowerby. Plate 125, fig. B. Type: The type locality was not known to Sowerby. It was first known in the private collection of the Earl of Tankerville, which was sold in 1825 ; present depository not traced. Distribution : Chile ; Valparaiso and Coquimbo ; Galapagos Islands. A reef-dwelling species. Material examined : One large specimen, collected at Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, by the "Ara," February 4, 1928. Color: Shell black with small blue flecks distributed abundantly over the valves. Interior light blue. Girdle black. Shell: Strong, large, oval, moderately elevated, jugum finely cari- nated, pleura slightly convex. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 126. Chiton goodallii Broderip, natural size, of an average sized specimen, from Cocos Island. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 201 Measurements : Long diameter 75 mm., short diameter 46 mm. Anterior valve : Regularly convex, entire surface covered by fine, radiating, subobsolete riblets that appear as almost interrupted series of granules. Twelve slits are present. Intermediate valves: The central areas of these valves are finely sculptured, with close longitudinal riblets separated by deeper inter- stices, about 80 riblets are on the fourth intermediate valve. The lat- eral areas are well defined, but little rounded, sculptured by about the lines of fine, radiating obsolete riblets, each consisting of a wavy line, formed by the irregularity of the rib; interstices well defined, quite porous. One slit is present in each valve. The sutural plates are wide, the sinus square, finely toothed. Posterior valve: With the umbo very near the posterior margin, the central region short, regularly striated with fine riblets separated by deeper interstices, as in the preceding valves ; the region behind the umbo sloping, the postlateral region evenly rounded, sculptured by wavy, concentric lines of fine radiating subobsolete riblets separated by porous interstices. Fourteen slits are present. Girdle : In the preserved specimen 9 mm. wide, shining black, paved with strong, imbricating scales; an average scale has a rhomboidal contour with the dorsal surface convex; some are less rhombic in outline. References: Chiton latus Sowerby, Tankerville's Catal. of Shells, Appendix, p. 5, Jan., 1825 (not of Lowe, April, 1825, nor of Guilding, 1829).— D all, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, p. 247, 1910. Chiton magnificus Deshayes, Diet. Class, des Sci. Nat., vol. XII, p. 455, 1827; Encycl. Meth., p. 680. — Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., Deshayes Ed., vol. 7, p. 498, 1836.— Reeve, L., Conch. Icon., pi. 1, fig. 3/ Section: BADSIA Gray. Chiton goodallii Broderip. Plate 126. Type : Collected at James Island, Galapagos, by Hugh Cuming ; the older specimens were found in exposed situations; the younger indi- viduals under stones and ledges of rock at low tide. Depository not cited ; type first in the Hugh Cuming collection. Distribution : Galapagos Islands ; Cocos Island. 202 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Material examined: Six specimens, Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, March 5, 1926. Seven very large specimens, "Wafer Bay, Cocos Island, February 4, 1928; all collected by the "Ara." Color: Olive-black, blackish, or brownish dorsally, dappled with olive, with a transverse olive-green stripe on each side of the keel. With transverse ziczac lines of light blue, six on each side of the seven posterior valves. Girdle mottled green. Interior white, each valve with a pair of median rays and a central spot of brown. Technical description : Shell large, heavy, widely oval, moderately elevated and moderately carinated, with the lateral slopes nearly straight or but little convex ; entire surface nearly smooth. Measurements : 120 mm. long diameter ; 72 mm. short diameter. Anterior valve : Regularly convex, devoid of sculpture, except ex- ceedingly minute granulations and with several concentric lines of growth arrest. Twenty-six slits present. Intermediate valves: The central areas of these valves are sepa- rated by an obtuse blunt carina from the lateral areas; there is no sculpture except very fine lines indicating growth arrest. Two or three slits are present in each valve. Posterior valve: With the umbo extremely close to the anterior margin; the postlateral region rounded, sloping. Twenty-six slits present. The sutural plates are broad, the sinus somewhat shallow, with eight teeth. Girdle: 12 mm. wide (preserved specimen), strong, composed of olivaceous blackish, imbricating scales, each of which has the dorsal surface a little convex. References: Chiton goodallii Broderip, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1832, p. 25.— Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. XIV, p. 191, pi. 29, figs. 9, 18.— Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 404, 1893 (issued 1894).— D all, ibid, vol. 37, p. 247, 1909. Chiton goodalli Sowerby, Conch. Illus., figs. 34, 40. Chiton goodalli Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 8. Radsia goodalli Carpenter, Mss. Chiton (Radsia) sulcatus Sowerby. Plate 127. Type: Wood states: "This rugged Chiton is said to inhabit the South Seas." Depository not stated. Bulletin, Vaxdekbilt Marine Museum. Vol. I \' Plate 127, Chiton (Radsia) sulcatus Sowerby, natural size of Galapagan specimen. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 203 Distribution : Galapagos Islands. Reef dwelling. Material examined : One specimen, very large, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, February 4, 1928. Color: Dorsally uniformly olive-black or purplish black; interior surface blue-green. Technical description: Shell oval, or oblong-oval, moderately elevated and moderately carinated, with the lateral slopes nearly straight. Surface radiately ribbed. Measurements : 130 mm. long diameter ; 70 mm. short diameter. Anterior valve : Sculptured with strong radiating ribs, deep sculp- tured and split toward the periphery. Twenty-four slits present. Intermediate valves : The central areas of these valves are sculp- tured with numerous strong, small riblets, which converge forward near the dorsal edge, but on the pleura they diverge strongly. The lateral areas are very strong, radiately ribbed and grooved, the pos- terior rib of each valve is broad and crenulated; the other ribs are unequal, usually split toward the outer margin. Two or three slits are present. Posterior valve: "With the umbo conspicuous, in front of the middle. Surface sculptured with fine radiating ribs, which split toward the periphery. Three slits present. The suture plates are broad, the sinus fairly deep and square, finely toothed. Girdle: Formed of coarse convex scales, which are larger toward the periphery. References : Chiton sulcatus Wood, Gen. Conch., p. 16, fig. 1. — Sow- erbt, Conch. Illus., fig. 12. — Reeve, L., Conch. Icon., fig. 15. Radsia sulcata Carpenter, Mss. Chiton (Radsia) sulcatus Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. XIV, p. 191, pi. 28, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 1892.— Stearns, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 404, 1893 (issued 1894).— D all, ibid, vol. 37, p. 247, 1910. EUPTEROPODA Boas. Family: CYMBULIIDAE. Genus: CYMBULIA Peron and Lesueur, 1810. Cymbulia peronii Blainville. Type : Not located. Distribution : Pelagic in the Mediterranean Sea and tropical zone of the Atlantic Ocean. 204 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. TV Material examined : Four specimens, pelagic in the Mediterranean Sea, 10 miles S. by E. of Monaco Harbor, April 19, 1927, collected by the "Ara." Two specimens, St. Raphael, bearing S. S. E., 9 miles, S. of France, 400 fms., March 23, 1927. Technical description: Consult M. Vayssiere's masterly report of this species (Res. Campag. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. XL VII, p. 174, pi. XIII, figs. 291-303; pi. XIV, figs. 304-322, 1915). The "Ara" specimens conform in all essentials with the above-mentioned diagnosis. References: Cymbulia peronii de Blainville, Diet. Sci. Nat., t. XII, p. 333, pi. 69, fig. a, 1818.— Pelsener, Rept. Voy. "Challenger" Zool., vol. XXIII, Heteropoda, part 2, p. 98, 1888. — Delle Chiaje, Anim. sans Vert. Reg. di Napoli, atlas, pi. 32, fig. 1, 1823-29. — Vatssiere, Encycl. Sci., Mollusques de France, t. I, p. 179, 1913 ; Res. Campag. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. XLVII, Mollusques Euptero- podes, p. 174, pi. XIII, figs. 291-303, pi. XIV, figs. 304-322, 1915 (complete diagnosis with snyonymy) ; ibid, Fasc. LXXI, Mol- lusques Heteropodes et Eupteropodes, p. 20, 1927. TECTIBRANCHIATA. Family : TETH YMELIBIDAE Bergh. Genus: TETHYS Linne. Tethys dactylomela (Bang.). Plate 128. Name : Sea-Hare or Sea-Cat. Type : Rang 's type came from Saint Yago de la Praya, Cape Verde Islands, and was first deposited in the ''Cabinet d'Anatomique du Jardin des Plantes, No. 12 " ; later placed in the Paris Museum. Distribution: This species, originally described from the tropical eastern Atlantic has later been found abundantly in the West Indian region. Verrill and Heilprin each record it from Bermuda. Material examined : One specimen, taken off American Shoal Light, Florida, 5 fms., March 23, 1924. Color : In life this species is exquisite, having a rich velvety oliva- ceous drab ground color, marked all over with circles and streaks of velvety black and with the margins of the swimming lobes tinged with violet. Its gracefulness of motion, effected by a gentle undulation of the lateral swimming lobes, is indescribably lovely. Bulletin. Vaxderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 128. Mfc ■'■■■■■■' i*foum&$& Tethys dactylomela (Eang), about natural size; sketched from dorsal profile. Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 129. Tethys depilans (Linne), seen from the dorsal side, x 0.7. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 205 Technical description : See Rang 's original description, also Dob- son 's additional notes and figures on the lingual ribbon and teeth. The "Ara" specimen is figured in plate 128. References : Aplysia dactylomela Rang, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, p. 56, pi. IX, 1828, Paris.— Dobson, G. E., Jrn. Linn. Soc. Zool. London, vol. XV, p. 159, text figures, 1, 2, 1881. — Heilprin, The Bermuda Islands, p. 186, 1889. Tethys dactylomela Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. X, p. 545 ; ibid, vol. XI, p. 27, pi. Ill, fig. 3, 1901-03. Tethys depilans (Linne). Plate 129. Name: Sea-Pigeon. Type: Not located. Linnaeus states : "Habitat in M. Mediterraneo. ' ' Distribution : This species is chiefly an inhabitant of the Adriatic and Mediterranean Seas but is also known from the Atlantic coast of Europe as far north as the south coast of Devon, England, and the Channel Islands and southward on the west coast of France and Madeira. Watson has recorded it from Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope, Africa, 1873. Material examined : One large specimen, taken at Palermo, Italy, September 2, 1924, by the "Ara." Color : The coloration of this sea-hare is quite variable, the ground color being light brown, grayish brown, or, more rarely, very dark, the markings always being irregularly shaped white or light gray spots. Technical description: The living animal frequently attains a length of 18 to 20 cm., but has the body distinctly more compressed and shorter than its ally, T. leporina. The swimming lobes of T. depilans are united posteriorly as far forward as the mantle siphon; the foot is posteriorly rounded. The mantle has a broad round orifice leading into the shell cavity and surrounded by dark brown rays. The many glands which in life secrete a milky fluid open on the under side of the mantle. The mantle siphon is shorter than that of T. leporina. The genital and anal apertures are like those of leporina. Behind the genital opening there are many one-celled glands, each with its individual opening, thus differing from the grape-bunch like gland of leporina. The anatomy of depilans has been worked out care- fully by Vayssiere (1890), also by Blochmann (1884). The teeth and 206 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV jaws are figured by Zuccardi (1890). The embryology of depilans was reported by Lankaster (1875). The shell of depilans is subquadrangular, convex, thin, nearly opaque, composed of two layers, the outer layer corneous, pale amber, membraneous, and the inner calcareous layer, which is decidedly thicker than that of leporina and has a shining, light vitreous sur- face, marked by growth lines and obsolete radial folds and grooves. The spire is covered by an irregular callous, except in very young adults. References: Lernaea (part) Bohadsch, de Quibusdam animalibus, etc., pis. 1-3, 1761, Dresden (not available for examination). Laplysia depilans Linne, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, p. 1082, 1767. Aplysia depilans Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3103. — Vayssiere, A., Rech. Moll. Opistobr. Atlas d'Anat. Comp. Invert., Paris, p. 65, figs. 51-58, 1890 (not available for examination. Discusses anatomy). — Blochmann, Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel, vol. V, p. 32, pi. 3, figs. 2, 5, 10, 1884 (Anatomy). — Zuccardi, Boll. Soc. Nat. in Napoli (1), vol. IV, p. 6, pi. 1, figs. 1, 4, 10, 13, 15; pi. 2, figs. 25-29 (teeth and jaws figured). — Watson, Rept. Voy. "Challenger" Zool., vol. XV, p. 672, 1886 (synonymy). — Mazzarelli, G., Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci., 3rd series, vol. IX, p. 29, pi. 1, fig. 9, 1893 (Anatomy) . f Aplysia major Lankaster, Philos. Trans., vol. CLXV, p. 13, 1875 (Embryology). Aplisia leporina Delle Chiaje, Mem. Anim. Senza Vert., vol. I, p. 28, atlas, pi. II (not pi. XXXXI), 1823-29. Tethys depilans Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. XVI, p. 69, pi. 23, figs. 26, 27; pi. 24; pi. 33; fig. 25, 1895-96 (with extensive synonymy). Tethys fimbria (Bohadsch). Plate 130. Type : Not located ; original description not available. Distribution: Mediterranean: southern coast of France; coasts of Italy and Sicily ; Baleares Isles ; coast of Algeria. Color: Semitranslucent milky white, with numerous irregular splotches of black. Material examined: One very large specimen, Monaco, Mediter- ranean, May 14, 1927. Bulletin, Yandekbilt Marine Museum, Vol. I V Plate 130. Tethys fimbria (Bohadsch), about three-fourths of natural size. Bulletin, Yanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Plate 131. *NZh ZimmMm. Wm^m^- 9h ■ . B % :'/ #M; 'K-%m^^4' :r> v~^ Dolabrifera virens Verrill, natural size; dorsal profile. Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 207 Technical description : Diagnostic description, including the anatomy of this species, has been carefully reported by M. A. Vays- siere in his "Recherches Zoologiques et anatomiques sur les Mol- lusques Opistobranches du Golfe de Marseilles. Part III, Nudi- branchs," p. 82. The development of this species has been studied by M. Viguier, "Archives de Zoologie Experimentale, " 3me serie, tome VI, 1893, pi. VII, fig. 1, and text. The "Ara" specimen is a large and strikingly beautiful one, about 14 cm. long. This species is readily recognized in the living state by its distinctive coloration and by the large spotted appendages. The fact that these latter break off easily if the animal is disturbed, have caused them to be considered parasites by many people. References: Fimbria Bohadsch, J. B., de quibusdam Animalbus marinis eorumque proprietatibus . . . etc., Dresden, XVIII pp. and 169 pp., 12 plates, 1761 (not available for examination). Aplysia leporina Delle Chiaje, Mem. Animali senza Vertebre del Regno di Napoli, 1823-29, vol. II, p. 138, p. 146, atlas, pi. 39, fig. 1, fig. 2. Tethys fimbria Viguier, Archiv. Zool. Exper. 3me serie, tome VI, pi. VII, fig. 1, 1893 (development) . A. Vayssiere, Ann. Mus. Mar- seille, tome VI, Zool., 1900-1901, p. 82, pi. 7, fig. 14; Faune de France, Mollusques, I, p. 259, pi. 28, fig. 7, 1913. Subfamily: Dolabriferinae Pilsbry. Genus : DOLABRIFERA Gray. Dolabrifera virens Verrill. Plate 131. Type: Founded on six specimens taken at Hungry Bay, Bermuda, in 1901 ; depository not stated. Distribution : This is a rare species, known only from the type lo- cality Bermuda, and the present record from the southern coast of Cuba. Material examined : One large specimen taken at surface, 15 miles east of Casilda, Cuba, February 14, 1923, by Mr. W. K. Vanderbilt. 208 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Color: In life this sea-hare is dull yellowish green, marbled with pale brownish and with white spots, the margin is pale bluish with white flecks, the undersurface is olive-green. It swims with an in- describable, shimmering, fluid gracefulness. Technical description: The "Ara" specimen is 110 mm. long, in its dead, constricted condition. The body is globose-ovate, broadly rounded posteriorly. The tentacles are very large, elongated, distally much expanded, the broad, thin edges undulated. The rhinophores are decidedly shorter and much smaller than the tentacles, very mus- cular, with the ends dilated. The mantle lobe is nearly semicircular, with a small open sinus at each end of the branchial cavity. The entire upper surface of the body and head is covered with rather closely spaced, fleshy, conical papillae, 2 to 3 mm. high in the dead specimen; some of these papillae are acute-tipped, but the majority are divided distally into two, four or, more rarely, six small branches. This ornamentation, combined with the color-pattern, gives this species an excellent mimicry of seaweed. Shell: Well developed, calcareous, with the beak produced, some- what spoon-shaped with concavity ; the sinus incurved with the inner margin thickened; the outer margin nearly straight, with a faint curvature; the anterior margin obliquely truncated. The outer sur- face bears obscure radial ribs. There is definite need of more critical work on the anatomy of this species than has been presented, but this must await the capture of additional fresh specimens. Reference : Doldbrifera virens Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. XI, part I, p. 24, text fig. 1, 1901-03. HETEROPODA. Section: PTEROTRACHEATA. Family: CARINARIIDAE. Genus: OAEINAEIA Lamarck. Carinaria mediterranea Peron and Lesueur. Plate 132. Type : Not stated ; the writers refer to and figure this species, under e- -3 c X — Eh 5 a P T. Z — - s ■ — Boone, Mollusca, Cruises of "Eagle" and "Ara," 1921-28 209 Carinaria Lamarck, published in the Annales Museum d'Histoire Nat- urelle Paris, volume XV, 1810. Distribution : Pelagic in the Mediterranean Sea. Material examined: One specimen caught in the dip-net, Monaco, Mediterranean Sea, May 2, 1927, by the "Ara." Another specimen from the same locality, May 14, 1927, broken. Color: Both shell and tissues are semitranslucent in life, showing the internal organs. Remarks: C. mediterranea, swims upside down, that is, with the ventral surface upward ; the foot takes the form of a fan-like fin. The species is dioecious ; the female deposits a long chain of granular eggs and has been known to deposit a string of a meter's length in a day. Technical description : Consult Vayssiere 's excellent presentation of this species, in the Monaco Report, fascicule XXVI, p. 11, pi. 1, figs. 1-10, pi. 2, fig. 17, 1904. The internal anatomy of mediterranea has been very critically studied by several scientists, notably Cuvier, Lesueur, Souleyet and Eydoux, Leukart and Gegenbaur. The single specimen taken by the "Ara" is quite large and con- forms in every detail with M. Vayssiere 's description of the species. References: Carinaria mediterranea Peron and Lesuer, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 15, p. 67, pi. 2, fig. 15, 1810.— Vayssiere, Res. Campag. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. XXVI, p. 11, pi. 1, figs. 1-10, pi. 2, fig. 17, 1904. — Gegenbaur, C, Untersuchungen uber Ptero- poden und Heteropoden, Leipsig, p. 37, 1854. Pterotrachea lophira Delle Chiaje, Mem. Anim. Senza Vert., vol. Ill, p. 161, in atlas as P. lophyra, pis. 14, 15, 41, 1823-29. Carinaria vitrea O. G. Costa, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, t. XVI, ser. I, p. 107, pi. 1, 1829. Carinaria cymoium Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. Mollusques, ed. II, vol. XI, p. 381, 1840. — Cuvier, G., Regne Anim., Mollusques par Deshayes et H. Milne Edwards, Paris, t. I, p. 101, atlas II, pi. 38, 1840-1855. 210 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Family : FIROLIDAE Gegenbaur. Genus: FIROLA Bruguiere. Firola coronata Forskal. Plate 133. Type: Not located. Described from specimens from the Mediter- ranean Sea and Archipelago. Distribution : Pelagic in the Mediterranean Sea. Material examined: Dredged in 500 fms. bottom depth, dredge down 400 fms., St. Raphael bearing S. S. E., distance 9 miles, south of France, Mediterranean Sea, March 23, 1027, by the "Am." Color : In life Firola coronata is a semitranslucent pale amber. It is a living poem of gracefulness and evanescent beauty. Technical description: Consult Vayssiere, Monaco Fasc. XXVI, p. 33, pi. Ill, figs. 33-41, 1904. Firola coronata is one of the largest and loveliest of the Heteropod mollusks; M. Vayssiere 's excellent illustrations and diagnosis of the species render additional description superfluous. References: Pterotrachea coronata Forskal, Descript. Animalium, etc. ... in itinere orientali observavit, p. 117, pi. 34, figs. 1-9, 1775. — Delle Chiaje, Mem. Anim. senza Vert., atlas, pi. 69, 1823-29. Firola coronata Vayssiere, Res. Campag. Sci. Monaco, Fasc. XXVI, Mollusques Heteropodes, p. 33, pi. Ill, fig. 33-41, 1904 (diagnosis and synonymy) ; ibid, Fasc. LXXI, Mollusques Heteropodes et Eupteropodes, p. 9, 1927. CO > c fe — I Eh < E* 2 O O o fcl ALPHABETICAL INDEX Abilinae 35 Abylopsis 35 eschscholtzii 35 tetragona _ 36 Acknowledgments 14 Aetinaria 61 Actinauge 61 rugosa (pi. 23) - 63 Actinia 66 carneola 66 dianthus 62 obtruncata 66 Actiniina 61 Actinoloba 62 dianthus 62 Aeginidae 33 Aequorea 29 globularis _ 29 gronlandica 29 Aequoridae 28 Aglaismoides 35 eschscholtzii 35 Aglaophenia 31 sigma 31 Alcyonacea 50 Alcyonidae 50 Alcyonium 50 briolense 50 palmatum 50 Amphineura 199 Amphiura 105 cordifera _ 108 diomedeae (pi. 61) 105 elongata 108 Amphiuridae 105 Announcement 1 Anodiscus 72 crispatus 72 Antedon 69 adriatica (pi. 26) 69 mediterranea _ 70 Antedonidae 69 Antedoninae 69 Anthomedusae 27 Aplysia 205 dactylomela 205 depilans 206 leporina „ 207 ( ?) major 206 Argonauta 189 argo (pi. 118) 189 Argonautidae 189 Aspidochirota 151 Asteracanthion 95 pallidus 95 polaris 73 rubens 95 violaceus 95 Asterias 71 aculeata 109 aculeatus 109 arancia 72 ciliaris 122 ciliata 122 echinophora 91 endeca 87 gigas 82 helianthemoides 85 lacertosa 122 longicauda 118 multiradiatus 98 oculata 89 ophiura 118, 122 pallida 96 papposa 85 papposus 85 pertusa 89 polaris 72 reticulata 81 rubens 95 sagena 92 sanguinolenta 89 sebae 82 seposita 90 spinosa 91 spongiosa 90 stimpsoni 96 vulgaris (pi. 55, 56) 96 Asteridae 71 Asteroidea 71 Asteronychidae 99 Asteronyx 99 loveni (pi. 59) 99 Astropecten 75 antillensis (pi. 31, 32) 75 corniculatus 72 crispata 72 polaris 72 Astropectenidae 73 Astrophyton 102 agassizii 102 arcticum 103 costosum 105 muricatum 103, 105 Atolla 41 alexandri 42 wyvillei 41 Atollidae 41 Aulodonta 129 211 212 Bulletin, Vanderoilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Balticina 60 calif ornica 60 pacifica 60 Basket-fish 102 Beroe - 67 australis 68 forskalii - 67 rufescens 68 Beroida 67 Beroidae 67 Bolocera 64 longicornis (pi. 24) 64 tuediae 65 Boloceridae 64 Botryodactyla 163 grandis 163 Brachyneminae - 60 Brisinga 93 mediterranea (pi. 54) 93 Brisingidae 93 Brissina 149 Calycophorae 35 Camarodonta 131 Capillasterinae 68 Carinaria 208 cymbium 209 mediterranea (pi. 132) „ 208 vitrea 209 Carinariidae 208 Carybdea 40 haplonema ~ 40 Cassiopea 42 frondosa (pi. 8) 45 pallasii 46 xamachana (pi. 7) 42 Centrechinus 130 setosus 131 Centrichinidae 130 Cephalopoda » 165 Cephea 49 rhizostoma 49 Charybdeida 39 Charybdeidae 39 Chiton 200 goodallii (pi. 126) _ 201 goodalli 202 latus (pi. 125, fig. B) 200 magnificus -.. 201 produetus 200 sanguineus 200 (Badsia) suleatus (pi. 127) 202 Chitonidae 200 Chitoninae 200 Cidaridae 124 Cidaris 124 affinis (pi. 77, 78 and 79) 124 esculentus 135 lueunter 141 stokesi 126 subangularis 141 thouarsii 127 tribuloides 129 Cidaroida 124 Cladocarpus 30 sigma (pi. 20) 30 Cladodactyla 160 doliolum 160 pentactes 162 planci 160 Clypeaster 141 ravenelii (pi. 92) 141 rosaceus (text fig. 5) 143 Clypeastridae 141 Clypeastrina 141 Collocheres 70 gracilicauda 70 Comasteridae 68 Comatulida 68 Coralliidae 51 Corallium 51 vanderbilti (pi. 12, 13, 14) 51 Coronatae 40 Cotylorhiza 47 tuberculata (pi. 9) 47 Copyright 2 Cranchidae _ 173 Cranchinae 173 Cribrella 90 esehrichtii _ 90 oculata 90 sanguinolenta 90 sarsii 90 Crinoidea 68 Crossaster 85 papposus 85 Ctenodiscus 71 cornieulatus 72 crispatus (pi. 27, 28) 71 polaris - 72 pygmaeus 72 Ctenophorae 67 Cucumaria 159 frondosa (pi. 102 and text fig. 10) 161 planci (pi. 101 and text fig. 9) ... 159 Cucumis 160 marinus 160 Cucumariidae 159 Cueuminae _ 159 Cunina 34 albescens 34 moneta 34 Cydalisia 68 mitraeformis 68 Cymbulia 203 peronii 203 Cymbuliidae 203 Alphabetical Index 213 Decapoda 165 Dendrochirota 159 Diadema 129 setosa 130 setosum (pi. 83 and 84) 129 Diadematidae 129 Diadematoida 129 Dibranchiata 165 Diphyidae 35 Dolabrifera 207 virens (pi. 131) 207 Dolabriferinae 207 Dorocidaris 126 papillata 126 Dosidicus „ 171 gigas (pi. 107) 171 Eehinarachinus 145 parma (pi. 93, text fig. 6) 145 Eehinaster 90 (Othilia) crassispina 91 crassispina 92 echinophorus (pi. 52 and 53) 90 esehriehtii 90 oculatus 90 rosaceus 144 sagenus 92 sarsii 90 scrobiculatus 90 spinosa 91 spinosus _ 91 Ecbinasteridae 88 Echinasterinae 88 Eehinidae 131 Echinodermata 68 Echinoidea 124 Echinometra 139 lucunter (pi. 90 and 91) 139 setosa 130 Echinometridae 139 Echinus 139 (Toxopneustes) brevispinosus co- riaceus ad os fimbriatus 139 (Toxopneustes) gibbosus 136 granulans 129 lucunter 141 rosaceus 144 variegatus 132 ventricosus 135 Elasipoda 150 Eledone 197 moschatus (pi. 124) 197 Enneactis 87 coriacea dentata 87 Eucidaris 126 thouarsii (pi. 80 and 81) 126 tribuloides (pi. 82) 127 Eunicea 53 fusca 53 Eupteropoda 203 Euryale 105 muricatum 105 scutatum 102 Fimbria 207 Firola 210 coronata (pi. 133) 210 Fistula 158 tubulosa 158 Fistularia 156 impatiens 156 Forcipulata 93 Gasteropoda 199 Geographic distribution of: Coelenterata 14 Echinodermata 17 Mollusca 22 Gnathopiurida 105 Goniasteridae 82 Goniodiscus 74 armatus 74 Gorgonia 56 flabellum 56 Gorgonidae 53 Gorgonocephalus 103 agassizi 103 agassizii 103 arcticus (pi. 60) 102 Gorgonocephalidae 100 Halicalyx 33 tenuis 33 Heliaster 96 multiradiata 98 multiradiatus (pi. 57 and text fig. 3) 96 Heliasterinae 96 Hemiasteridae 147 Hemipholis 108 cordifera 108 elongata (pi. 62) 106 Henricia 88 oculata 90 sanguinolenta (pi. 50 and 51) 88 Heteropoda 208 Heteroteuthis 177 tenera 177 Hipponoe 135 esculenta 135 Holothuria 154 arenicola 154 doliolium 160 frondosa 162 impatiens (pi. 99 and text fig. 7) 155 kefersteinii (text fig. 8) 156 pentacta 160 phantapus 164 214 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV physalis 37 regalis 152 triquetra 152 tubulosa (pi. 100) 157 Holothuridae 154 Holothurioidea 150 Hydroida 30 Idya 68 penicillata 68 Illex 167 illecebrosus illecebrosus (pi. 105, 106 and text fig. 12) 167 Illicinae 167 Introduction 13 Ischnochiton 199 (Stenoplax) limaciformis (pi. 125, fig. A) 199 multicostatus 200 Ischnochitonidae 199 Isopleura 199 Labrador-New England Fauna: Coelenterata 15 Echinodermata 19 Mollusea 24 Laplysia 206 depilans 206 Leptomedusae 28 Lernaea 206 Linckia 79 columbiae (pi. 30 and 49) 79 guildingi 79 oculata 90 Loliginidae 178 Loligo 178 banksii 166 brevipinna 180 brevis (pi. Ill) 178 diomedeae (pi. 112) 180 illecebrosa 171 pealeii (pi. 113) 178, 182 pealii 185 pealeii variety borealis 185 pealeii variety pallida 185 piscatorum 171 punctata 185 vulgaris (pi. 114) 185 Loligopsis 174 schneehageni 174 Luidia 76 Columbia (pi. 37 and 38) 77 columbiae 78 marcgravii (pi. 33, 34, 35 and 36) 76 senegalensis 76 tessellata 78 Luidiidae 76 Lytechinus 131 variegatus (pi. 85) 131 Macrophreata 69 Madrepora 32 roseus 32 Magdalenaster 90 arcticus 90 Mamillifera 61 pulchella 61 Mediterranean Fauna: Coelenterata 1 7 Echinodermata 21 Mollusea 24 Medusa 26 aequora 29 frondosa 46 velella 39 Mentula 158 marina 158 Meoma 149 ventricosa (pi. 95 and 96) 149 Mesoplacophora 199 Metridium 61 dianthus (pi. 22) 61 fimbriatum 63 marginatum 62 senile 63 Moira 147 atropus (pi. 94) 147 Mollusea 165 Mowbray, L. L 193 Myopsida 174 Myzostomum 70 bucchicliii 70 cirriferum 70 parasitium 70 Narcomedusae 33 Nectrodroma 35 reticulata 35 Neocomatella 68 pulchella (pi. 25) 68 Nichols, J. T 26 Nidorellia 73 armata (pi. 29 and 30) 73 Oceanidae 27 Octactis 87 dactyloides 87 Octopoda 189 Octopodidae 190 Octopus 190 americanus 190 bimaculatus (pi. 119) 190 brevipes (pi. 120) 192 moschatus 198 pictus 196 rugosus 193, 196 unicirrhus 197 verrilli (pi. 122) 195 vulgaris (pi. 121) 193 Alphabetical Index 215 Oligophreata 68 Olindiadae „ 32 Olindias 32 tenuis (pi. 4) 32 Ommatostrephes 171 illecebrosa 171 sagittatus 171 Ommatostrephidae 167 Onychoteuthis 165 banksii (pi. 104) 165 Onychoteuthidae 165 Onychoteuthinae 165 Ophiocoma 112 aethiops (pi. 65) 112 bellis 109 Ophiocomidae 112 Ophidiasteridae 79 Ophioderma 117 antillarum 117 appressum (pi. 66, 75, fig. B, and 76, fig. B) 113 cinereum (pi. 68 and 69) 115 longicauda (pi. 70) 117 longicauda variety guineense 118 variegata 115 variegatum (pi. 67) 114 virescens 114 Ophiodermatidae 113 Ophioglypha 120 sarsii 120 Ophiolepidae 119 Ophiolepis 122 elegans (pi. 74, 75, fig. A, and 76, fig. A) _ 122 scolopendrica 110 Ophiopholis 108 aculeata 109 aculeatus (pi. 73) 108 bellis 110 Ophiomyxa 98 pentagona (pi. 58) 98 Ophiomyxidae 98 Ophiopleuteus 119 compressus 119 Ophiotriehidae 110 Ophiothrix 110 angulata 110 hispida 110 suensonii Ill violacea 110 Ophiura 119 angulata 110 appressa 114 bellis 109 cinerea 117 elongata 108 lacertosa 118 laevis 118 ophiura 122 pentagona 99 sarsii (pi. 71) 119 texturata (pi. 72 and 73) 120 Ophiuroidea 98 Oreaster 80 aculeatus 82 armatus 74 gigas 82 reticulatus (pi. 41 and 42) 80 Oreasteridae 80 Othilia 91 spinosa 91 Paractidae 66 Pavonaria 59 californica (pi. 20) 59 Pavonariidae 59 Paxillosa 71 Pelagothuria 150 natatrLx 150 Pelagothuriidae 150 Peltaster 82 planus (pi. 43, 44 and 45) 82 Pennatulacea 57 Pennatulidae 57 Pentaceros 74 (Nidorellia) armatus 74 lengtiginosus 81 reticulatus 81 Pentactes 163 frondosa 163 Pentadactylosaster 89 oculatus 89 Periphylla 40 hyacinthina 40 hyaeinthina variety dodecabost- rycha 41 Periphyllidae 40 Petalaster 78 Columbia 78 columbiae 78 Phanerozonia 71 Phyrnophiurida 98 Physalia 37 physalis 37 Physalidae 37 Piscis Echinostellaris 102 visciformis 102 Plexaura 52 fusca 52 Plexauriidae 52 Plumulariidae 30 Polycanna 29 groenlandica 29 Polyelonia 46 frondosa 46 Polyplacophora 199 216 Bulletin, Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Vol. IV Polyxenia 34 albescens 34 Porcellanasteridae 71 Prayidae 35 Prayinae 35 Pseudaxonia 51 Pseudoplexaura 53 crassa 53 Psoitis 163 phantapus (text fig. 11) 163 laevigatus 164 Psolidae 163 Pterogorgia 56 acerosa forma typica (pi. 18, text fig. 2) 56 Pterotrachea 209 lophira 209 Pterotracheata 208 Ptilosarcus 57 gurneyi (pi. 19) 57 quadrangularis 59 verrilli 59 Pudendum 152 regale 152 Pyramis 36 tetragona 36 Pyrgopsis 173 schneehageni (pi. 108) 173 Eadsia 201 goodallii 202 sulcatus 203 Rhacostoma 29 atlantieum 29 Khipidogorgia 55 flabellum (pi. 17, text fig. 1) 55 Rhizostomae 42 Ehizostommata 47 Dichtoma 47 Pinnata 42 Scapulata 48 Rhodactinia 66 davisii 66 Rossia 175 (Rossia) macrosoma 175 tenera 178 Sagartidae 61 Sarcoptilus 58 (Ptilosarcus) gurneyi 58 Scaeurgus 196 unicirrhus (pi. 123) 196 Scutella 147 parma 147 Scutellidae 145 Scyphomedusae 39 Semirossia 176 tenera (pi. 110) 176 Sepiola 174 macrosoma 176 rondeletii (pi. 109) 174 rondeletti 175 Sepioteuthis 186 sloanii (pi. 115, 116 and 117) 186 Smith, Mrs. Earl E. T 4 Solaster 84 endeca (pi. 47, 48 and 49) 85 papposa 85 (Crossaster) papposus (pi. 46) ... 84 (Polyaster) papposa 85 Solasteridae 84 Solmissus 33 albescens (pi. 5) 33 ' ' Sonia ' ' 193 Spatangidae 149 Spatangina 147 Spatangus 148 atropus 148 ventricosus 150 Sphaerichinus 137 granulans (pi. 89 and text fig. 4) 137 Spinulosa 84 Sporadipus 155 (Acolpos) maculatus 155 Stella lumbricalis longicauda 118 marina 77 marina maxima reticulata 81 pentagona scolopendroides regu- lars 99 scolopendroides bellis scolopen- drica 109 Stellonia 87 endeca 87 papposa 85 Stenogorgia 53 casta (pi. 15, 16) 53 Stenoplax 199 Stenoteuthinae 171 Stichopus 152 acanthomela 154 (?) assimilis 154 badionotus (pi. 98) 152 chloronatus 153 diaboli 154 errans 154 haytiensis 154 kefersteinii 157 maculatus 3 54 moebii 154 regalis (pi. 97) 151 xanthomela 154 Stichopodidae 151 Stolonoclypus 143 ravenelii 143 Stomolophus 48 meleagris (pi. 10) - 48 Stomotica 27 divisa 27 Atyhabetical Index 217 Stomopheustes 140 Stomphia 66 carneola 66 churchiae _ 67 Strongylocentrotus 135 gibbosus (pi. 87 and 88) 135 Strongylocentrotidae 135 Stylaster 31 roseus (pi. 3) 31 sanguineus 32 Stylasteridae 31 Stylasterina 31 Stylocidaris 126 affiinis 126 Systematic index 6-1 2 Tamoya 39 haplonema (pi. 6) 39 prismatica 40 Taonius 174 schneehageni 174 Tectibranchiata 204 Teleoplacophora 200 Tethymelibidae 204 Tethys 204 dactylomela (pi. 128) 204 depilans (pi. 129) 205 fimbria (pi. 130) 206 Toxopneustes 132 variegatus 132 Tripneustes 132 angulosus 135 depressus 134 esculentus (pi. 86) 132 gratilla 134 Triskaidecactis 85 papposus 85 Tropical American Pacific Fauna: Coelenterata 16 Echinodermata 20 Mollusca 23 Urticina 64 nodosa 64 Valvata 79 Vanderbilt Marine Museum I Vanderbilt, W. K 52 Velella 38 velella 38 Velellidae 38 West Indian Fauna: Coelenterata 14 Echinodermata 17 Mollusca 22 Ziska, Helen 14 Zoantkaria 60 Zoanthidae 60 Zoanthus 60 pulchellus (pi. 21) 60 Zoothanellae 42 Zygaenopsis 174 zygaena 174 Zygodactyla 28 groenlandica (pi. 1) 28 )RY W. H. 0. L llfc lilllta ipbiiiiip m wKKKm